Predictions for 2022-23

[Bill Ryan]

Dear Friends, it seemed time to start a newly titled thread as this wild year (2021) nears its merciful end.

Twelve months ago, I posted my view that things would get worse before they got better again. That's still my position... and in 2021 things have indeed grown steadily worse with the big turnaround not quite yet in sight.

I welcome all personal thoughts, feelings, intuitions, and reports from elsewhere that seem worth sharing. Fear Porn isn't useful or needed here — there's not going to be an asteroid impact! :) — but we do need to be well-prepared for anything potentially difficult that may lie ahead so that we can deal with it together in every effective way.

[ExomatrixTV]

My 2022-2025 predictions:

~ Global Digital Passport connected to Future "Cashless Society" will openly be discussed by politicians!
~ Mandatory Medications (more than just vaccines alone) to all who resist the "Not So Great Dystopian Reset (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)"
~ Massive Sterilization of Humans (Many Can Not Reproduce Anymore!).
~ Children born with strange eyes and/or other strange mutations in DNA.
~ Transhumanism (Weaponized A.I. connected to NanoTech, Humanoid Robotics, New Type Of Surveillance Drones, 5G (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?100537-Stop-5G-before-it-s-irreversible-&p=1446016&viewfull=1#post1446016) Weaponized etc. etc.
~ James Webb Space Telescope (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113456-The-Power-Of-The-James-Webb-Telescope-in-Space-To-Be-Launched-in-2021) (if successful) will prove 100,000s of new Exoplanets (https://exoplanets.nasa.gov/) "Earth 2.0 or Planet B (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113456-The-Power-Of-The-James-Webb-Telescope-in-Space-To-Be-Launched-in-2021&p=1469739&viewfull=1#post1469739)" will be found with evidence of Earth-like atmospheres!
~ "Faster Than Light" Travel Tests (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?117048-World-s-First-Warp-Bubble-Just-Created-by-DARPA-Funded-Researchers-&p=1467506) becomes more and more reality!
~ Cashless Society Agenda connected to (conditional) "Universal Basic Income" to pacify the majority of people especially after major (monetary/economic) crisis/collapse.
~ Many new (severe) unconstitutional laws will be made ... edicts, mandates etc.
~ Military & Police will work more and more openly together and most thought that this "never" would happen.
~ Mandatory Bio-metrics ID to access the internet tested in more and more cities/countries.
~ Most Cities worldwide become Techno Prisons.
~ Massive increase in UFO Sightings (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?115419-UAP-Disclosure-comments-opinions-and-other-material) especially in rural ares where people live much closer to nature.
~ New Antarctica Discoveries of Ancient Buildings/Artifacts that are older than the Human Race.
~ Much longer "Climate Lockdowns (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?115447-Climate-Lockdowns-are-Coming--Agenda2030--Predicted-by-Conspiracy-Researchers-)" Google, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Microsoft, Apple etc. etc. will bombard us with: "local average temperature & weather changes" warnings that eventually leads to an Orwellian "Social Credits System" similar to China.
~ Some insiders will leak out that the Ultra Elite possess life-extension technologies which is one of the main reasons they want to Depopulate (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113012-The-Depopulation-Plan&highlight=depopulation) The Earth First!
~ New Kind of Weather Warfare (Geoengineering (https://www.youtube.com/user/ChemTruthers)) will be seen/experienced and used in the mass media to push the "Climate Change Hysteria" Agenda 21 aka Agenda 2030 (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)
~ People snitching others get financially rewarded or get "more points" in the new Orwellian "Social Credit System"... openly promoted via countless (social media & mainstream media) platforms.
~ Free Energy Technology used in more and more places without making it public >>> but many who live in rural areas will eventually find out about it.
~ Crypto Currency Money System will be totally hijacked by Governments which leads to (partial) Civil War. (Military & Police will work together to "solve" this problem.
~ Many different parallel systems will be successful but not promoted via Mass Media.
~ China will Attack Taiwan if The West will not bow down to their Globalist plans.
~ The majority of the masses will eventually find out the truth about Vaccine (and "Booster") injuries (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113668-Vaccination-Injuries-On-Record-for-Covid19)but most become too weak to do something about it and even if they did they are heavily depended to a totally corrupt system that provides them the "Universal basic Income" which is 100% digital (not cash!).
~ 2025-2030 (and beyond) "Enhanced Humans" will replace normal people in key positions of authority.
~ Big chance of a temporary shut down of the internet... done to push faster for "The Not So Great (Dystopian) Reset (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)"
~ HSP (unvaccinated - unmedicated) people will remember who they really are without telling others (except a tiny few they trust) ... this will be key to our future!

~ to be continued to 100 predictions soon ...

cheers,
John Kuhles aka 'ExomatrixTV'
December 20th, 2021

[I am B]

I don't know whats your position on it at this point Bill, or if that narrative still has value at all, but imho the Anglo Saxon Mission is going full throttle at this point. Mass surveillance, minor nuclear exchange in the middle east iran israel, full blown war after finishing the arms race we're in right now. (not to mention the pandemic)

Maybe not, but something along those lines that could be stretched until around 2025.

Personal opinion though, don't wanna feed grim into anyone's mind. I won't even despair myself tbh, just keep an eye in case smth happens.

[Kryztian]

Well, this bodes well for the new year! At least for Italy, if not the whole world.

Good News for 2022: St. Januarius’ Blood Finally Liquefies — Better Late Than Never
https://mysteriousuniverse.org/2021/12/good-news-for-2022-st-januarius-blood-finally-liquefies-better-late-than-never/
Paul Seaburn December 18, 2021

When it comes to giving us views of the future, there are psychics, there are time travelers … and there’s the blood of St. Januarius. The solidified blood of the patron saint of Naples, Italy, is kept in two vials a reliquary (a container for relics) locked in a bank vault and taken out three times a year for possible liquification – September 19, the saint’s feast day, the first Saturday of May, and December 16, the anniversary of the 1631 eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Right on schedule – there were throngs of people at the Monastery of Santa Chiara where it’s taken in a procession – the solidified blood of St. Januarius was displayed. And?


“The blood of St. Januarius, patron of the Italian city of Naples, remained solid on Thursday morning, so far failing to liquefy in December for the second consecutive year.”

But … but … but … your headline!

We’ll explain after some historical context. Januarius was Bishop of Benevento in the 3rd century, he was either fed to wild bears or beheaded for his Christian beliefs, his blood was allegedly saved by a woman named Eusebia, and the legend of it liquefying as a sign of good things ahead was first recorded in 1389. Since then, detailed records have been kept of tragic events that happened when there was no liquification — epidemics, revolutions, droughts, archbishops’ deaths, popes’ deaths, world wars, earthquakes and more. FYI – it did not liquefy on December 16, 2020.

There have also been good things attributed to the flowing of the blood, and popes have come to witness (or not witness it, including Pope Pius IX in 1848 (yes), John Paul II in 1979 (no), Benedict XVI in 2007 (no) and Pope Francis in 2015, who allegedly saw it liquefy on an off day. Despite that, the event is not considered to be an official church ‘miracle’, and scientific investigations indicate whatever is in the vials seems to liquify when shaken or held in a warm hand.


“After an entire day of prayers and the constant intonation of the ancient song of the ‘relatives’ of St. Januarius, who since this morning have invoked the dissolution of the solid blood clot, the miracle of St. Januarius took place at 5:59 p.m. today.”

And it occasionally takes a while to liquify. After announcing that it failed to liquefy, the National Catholic Register and other media sources announced that the “dissolution” finally took place just before 6 pm after a full day of waiting … although with six more hours to spare – good news for a new year that could definitely use some help.

In fact, December liquefications are very unusual, according to Vatican journalist Francesco Antonio Grana — in the last 34 years the number of times it has happened “can be counted on one hand.” Even more rare — three liquefications in the same year, which was the case for 2021. And the year still turned out bad?

It’s important to note that these types of “miraculous” liquefications have been common around the Christian world for centuries and are often proven to be nothing more than tricks by alchemists. It’s nearly impossible to prove the liquification, or even trace it blood to the actual saint or martyr it allegedly came from. Nonetheless, it hasn’t deterred believers from flocking to Naples thrice yearly for a prediction from St. Januarius.

No matter what the saint says, it’s still a good idea to vote or check with your doctor or marriage counselor about your problems.

[Mark]

1. More mainstream scientists will have to admit that vaccines exacerbate the 2-stage coronavirus affliction.

2. Alternative treatments will further reveal the vaccination mandates to be unnecessary but efforts will continue to mask the vaccine side-effects with other illness symptoms or preexisting conditions.

3. Ukraine will turn into Austria, circa 1914.

4. Exo-material revelations will continue to be released and the secret space program will come closer and closer to mainstream awareness. It will be realized that the Space Force is a part of controlled disclosure and that old tech will be recast as new and paraded before the public.

5. It will be revealed that at least one extraterrestrial craft is or has been reverse engineered by an alliance of governments.

6. Numerous plant teachers and hallucinogens will be legally used as medicine for psychological dysfunction in multiple nations.

7. America will be rent by more school shootings.

8. America will experience increasing friction leading up to the 2022 elections with potential sporadic acts of violence (lone wolf, small group) in the year surrounding politics but nothing overwhelming or revolutionary.

9. Kim Kardashian will finally get her divorce from Kanye West.

[Frankie Pancakes]

My prediction for 2021 was more for them and less for/of us.

We are in a state of iron with the density becoming almost immobilizing. Pressure, pressure and blam!
Maybe or maybe not in 2022 but things are going to explode as we move through the iron and into the next lighter stage.
It's a cycle and we just happen to be in the most dense part of it.
Can not remember to whom I can credit the cycles. Maybe it will nudge a memory from someone else.

[1212is24]

In 2020 I became so tired of self-righteous people, my vices took over my virtues and I became self-righteous. Meanwhile, the self-righteous people I was tired of, I'm now immune to. I am hoping to let my virtues take the lead in 2022, and focus less on others. I have actually been SHOCKED by how self-righteous and silly people are this year, but now I am used to it, so I am able to be more strategic about.

Prediction wise... The world will get colder (not hotter)... And opinions that go against the narrative will be censored even more than they already are. I mean, we already see how youtube hides the number of dislikes on videos. What a joke.

The tide will turn. We will expose them all. God is not mocked.

We will see stand-up comedians making fun of all the 'politically correct' idiots right now, and people will laugh, and people will change, and people will understand. The energy will change altogether!

Personally, I will ignore everyone who has been rude to me because of my current stance about such issues. But I am grateful for the space I have already created for new people--like those of you here--who I resonate with on a higher level of consciousness.

Fun times ahead.

QRMziW4922g

[TEOTWAIKI]

Take a couple of minutes and watch this amazing video that explains the current earth changes:
(and what's in store for the future)

63-b2WYwL3M

[Delight]

In 2020 I became so tired of self-righteous people, my vices took over my virtues and I became self-righteous.

Made me laugh because it hit home.

[Bill Ryan]

Take a couple of minutes and watch this amazing video that explains the current earth changes:
(and what's in store for the future)

63-b2WYwL3MFascinating, and many thanks. (I really do recommend this, btw.)

A few comments:


"Very soon" may be 100 (or 1000!) years in geological time. It may not refer to 2022, or even anything in the next decade.
It does suggest the possibility that at the highest supranational level, things like this are known about. For instance, John Moore in his 31 July interview (https://www.brighteon.com/04b12580-e267-4282-9bb6-0f2c2a13daa1) with Mike Adams states that he's been told that it's known that a major catastrophe is probably imminent and this is why there's an urgent push to depopulate. (Because with a much reduced population, managing major earth changes might be far easier.)
Do see this 2019 thread by Hervé: Earth Blobs! (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?106229-Earth-Blobs-&highlight=blobs)
This may warrant a lot of discussion, way beyond the topic of this thread. I may move this to start its own thread, or combine it with the Earth Blobs! (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?106229-Earth-Blobs-&highlight=blobs) one.

:focus:

[Kryztian]

Since I am in the USA, most of my prediction are issued from that perspective. Some are predictions for 2022 - 2024.

1) The vaccine Narrative falls apart - The idea that Vaccines will end the Covid pandemic and quarantine, will fall apart. Also, more people will see that Ivermectin isn't just horse medicine, and nutritional supplements are helpful in combating COVID. Nevertheless, people will be divided between those who think our "sciencists" made an honest mistake about how COVID-19 issues were addressed and those who think there was a conspiracy between media and politicians and big pharma.

2) There will be less overt censorship in internet media and social media, but new ways to bury the truth. People will receive fewer notifications that they are being banned or censored on social media and companies will issue fewer statements and explanations about changing censorship policies, but they will still use algorightms to obscure subversive opinions on Facebook, Youtube, etc.. and people find it more difficult to get their message out. Media and Social media companies will provide few answers or feign technical difficulties as to why this is so. This may also happen on many outlets that claim they don't censor (e.g. Telegram, Gab, Duckduckgo, Bitchute).

3) High turnover in positions of power and leadership in corporations and government agencies. Retirement, scandals (some real, some fake for the purpose of ousting some people from their jobs) will lead to many vacancies. The new leadership will be younger and less experienced. Some of them will show integrity and leadership, but for some, it will be a phony act, and they will really be finding news ways to serve a corrupt hierarchy through tyrannical actions. Some of them will realize they can't handle their new jobs and resign. A few might turn out to be important whistleblower. There may be many vacancies which cause these organizations to further malfunction.

4) Financial scandals and collapse. There will be new financial scandals and a collapse of many financial institutions affecting many people saving for their retirement and people living on a pension. Some retirees will go back to work others will downsize to simpler lifestyles. Jeff Bezos will miraculously not be affected.

5) Poverty worsens. The safety net for those dependent purely on social security income, for the handicapped and others who are unable to work will collapse creating new extremes of poverty and new problems in poor urban neighborhoods. There will be more homelessness on par with what is happening in southern California, but in other parts of the country. Texas and Florida will do some very savage things to keep homeless people out of their states.

6) New religious movements and revival movements will emerge. Some of them may be Christian sects, but these might also evolve out of other religions not previously prone to sectarianism (Islam? Hinduism? Theosophy? ) Initially, these will be sincere expressions of faith and a desire for a better world, but there will also be some imitators who are merely interested in financial profit or creating a cult centered around their ego. These movements will find new and innovative ways to use the internet to connect. They will create some solutions to the world's problems but also create new issues and conflicts with the world.

7) More people will figure out that Donald Trump was either never the problem, or that will he never be the solution. He will be just as forgotten as other presidents.

8) Leftist activist will become less focused on issues of race and symbolism, and more on economic justice. As these groups are infiltrated, they will will not always articulate their ideas well and their solutions will not be the best and their detractors will exaggerate and sensationalize these problems, continuing the divide between left and right and any real solutions to problems.

9) More Polarization but not just between the left and right. Between the people of urban cities who experience increased poverty and crime, the suburbs, which are falling apart culturally and not happy with supply chain issues, and rural areas which are becoming increasingly remote from the infrastrucure and services of the rest of the world. Also, there will be a divide between those who are active and engaged (be that "woke" or "awakened") and those who want to detatch from current event stories, and retreat into an offline world of hobbies, arts and crafts, nature, self improvement and intellectual endeavors. These detached people know there is something wrong with the world but they really don't want to put their energy into going through some type of paradigm shift and don't want to give up their old beliefs.

10) An Overburdened medical system will be unable to meet needs of the people. Not only from vaccine injuries and a decreased medical staff, but health injuries due to people living a sedentary life, mental health problems, addictions, etc.

11) There will be many new strange and surprising technologies revealed. It will become increasingly difficult to tell which ones may be beneficial, which are irrelevant and and which will become a big threat to humanity.

12) New reason for lockdowns. There could be a new disease, or there could be a weather disaster (real or engineered we will not know) that will lead to "climate lockdowns", or the development of new weapons that makes local terrorism a more likely possiblitity. Or there could be another reason for the lockdowns.

13) Judicial progress in the world of truth and justice. There will be new investigations (e.g. government UFO secrecy, of what happened on 9/11), new documents scheduled for release (e.g. JFK documents, Epstein files) and promising lawsuits (e.g. corporations that profiteered from COVID and who violated their employees religious freedoms with Vax mandates). All this developments will give us hope and expectation, but will be thwarted by ...

14) A black swan event (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_swan_theory). If I could tell you exactly what that event would be, it wouldnt' be a Black Swan event.

15) Kim and Kanye will adopt three orphaned children from an undeveloped country that no one has ever heard of (it isn't even in Wikipedia yet) which will resolve their marital issues but new problem will arise when distant relatives of the children show up, become squatters and erecting tribal huts in their back yard and cause issues with the neighbors.


https://i.imgur.com/PB8VHjv.jpg?1

[Sunny-side-up]

Many years back I made some predictions that I seem to remember related to 2021/22, and said predictions I said they will go for it in a big way, think I focused on this Virus ploy.
I can't seem to find that post now though :(

[Icare]

Predictions for 2022 by psychic Lisa Peron.

She says 2022 will be a wild ride.

Many bizarre twists and turns will appear.
The world will have a large focus on the environment.
There will be an increase in severe weather.
There will be great advancements in technology and interesting new gadgets with robots doing things.
There will be a greater focus on space travel and space exploration, also the deep sea.

There will be plenty of outlandish behaviour and strange news stories.
The stress of constant fear and confinement will have an effect , especially on people who struggle with addictions and depression, especially around February 4th, April 18th, May 6th and August 1st.

The stock exchange and the world markets will be extremely unstable.

The USA: will enter into a period of transition, changes, struggles, conflict starting in 22 and continuing for years to come. Severe weather, a very rough year for the US, also a conflict with another country that may escalate into a war. Incidents that will result in many deaths. Strained relations with China, North Korea and possibly Iran. More protests against the covid restrictions. March 3rd, April 18th and August 1st could be violent dates.

US President Biden: political uncertainty, problems with his health and memory and there may be a noticable concern about it, he has an abundance of challenging stars coming his way, may have his security threatened. He may not be in charge until the end of 22.

Covid 19 variants and vaccine: Covid will continue to make the rounds, will have more variants, around Feb 23rd or beginning of March a spark in cases, vaccine may prove to have a shorter span of protection than believed and there may be more evidence of unexpected side effects . It will be several years before anything is close to anything you would consider normal. Dark forces are around us, so stay positive.

Canada: More graves at residential schools will be discovered. A lot of cold weather, plenty of ice snow etc, possibly landslide. Possibly an explosion or some incident like that is going to happen. Increase in violence, it's going to be a volatile world. Trudeau faces a difficult year, will meet with fierce opposition. He will possibly be involved in yet another scandal or be confronted with violence, mismanagement of finances, trouble with his wife, damaging to his reputation.

The UK: topsy-turvy year with restrictions and regulation, a big scandal because of hidden money or mismanagement of funds, also a rough year for people losing their minds and acting out in a desperate manner, also there will be an act of chivalry or extreme bravery. Changes for the royal family with Charles taking the lead.

AUS: a major event,possibly massive protest that turns bad or people that experience misfortune, maybe more than one incident, one could be a terrorist attack, extremes with weather as well, people there are survivors and will get through the problems

China: will financially be more prosperous,will do the best to show a beautiful Olympic games, strained relations with the US and CAN. They will continue to make leaps and bounds in their space exploration

North Korea: will have something happening that the world does not support, by the end of January they will be in the news for the wrong reasons, possibly a change in government, possibly North Korea could be quite problematic for the US. The stars are not favourable for the current leader, there may be an assassination attempt against him.

uDzviLLWhXA

[Mike Gorman]

Take a couple of minutes and watch this amazing video that explains the current earth changes:
(and what's in store for the future)

63-b2WYwL3M

Much of this information has been presented and analyzed by Ben Davidson on his very excellent 'Suspicious Observers'' YouTube channel, this really is an excellent source of current science and critique of the billionaire science clubs who are the lackies of their funding masters. 2022 will see a further attempt to impose the 'Great Reset' agenda on us all, however I predict a much more organized resistance and mid-year we shall witness some historic shifts in local/world politics. I also see Russia/China flexing their collective muscle and forcing some radical changes on this front.

[Ernie Nemeth]

The first part of the year will see continued restrictions both for the vaxed and the unvaxed. By the third booster, however, the gig will be up. The vax will be outed as next to useless and the world's population will come down with a 'cold', develop herd immunity, and be done with covid.

Around the middle of the year will see the first state recall their representatives, probably Wisconsin, maybe Arizona. Thereafter the dominoes will fall quickly with more and more states pushing for audits. And by August enough recalls will have cancelled the 2020 election. Massive turmoil will result.

Around the world, Ukraine will be invaded, China will make a major move on Taiwan, Iran will get the bomb, and Turkey might make some moves threatening its neighbours.

Towards the end of the year there will be another 9/11 or worse in America, especially if, as seems likely, the decision will be made to reinstate Trump as president with a third term option for the next election cycle. There might also be an assassination...a dramatic one.

Thereafter BLM and Antifa will be declared extremist groups and there will be arrests and trials for the many crimes committed during the Democratic coup. But that will all come about in 2023...including a resurgence of anti-communist and conservative values in the west.

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

My prediction for 2022 in five words:

there will be more bullsh!t

[onawah]

The Core/Climate video also mentions a 12,000 year cycle, just as Suspicious Observer's Ben Davidson does when referring to the Magnetic Pole Reversal. and he continues to post the new, concurring data as it becomes available, which if it is accurate (and it certainly seems to be, imho), the timing of the next cataclysm can be estimated with accuracy to be no more than 20 or so years off.
He updates his Disaster Playlist periodically at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V2decDcEJqo&list=PLHSoxioQtwZcVcFC85TxEEiirgfXwhfsw



Take a couple of minutes and watch this amazing video that explains the current earth changes:
(and what's in store for the future)

63-b2WYwL3M

Much of this information has been presented and analyzed by Ben Davidson on his very excellent 'Suspicious Observers'' YouTube channel, this really is an excellent source of current science and critique of the billionaire science clubs who are the lackies of their funding masters. 2022 will see a further attempt to impose the 'Great Reset' agenda on us all, however I predict a much more organized resistance and mid-year we shall witness some historic shifts in local/world politics. I also see Russia/China flexing their collective muscle and forcing some radical changes on this front.

[Apulu]

Goodness me it's going to be an interesting ride, for sure.

Reading Exomatrix post is an interesting exercise (thanks John). It seems I've nearly switched off from keeping up with the more diabolical transhumanism/global totalitarian control plans.

It's not that I doubt these things - I've little doubt that all of the things mentioned by Exomatrix have been and are being planned out. The question, I suppose, is what will 'they' get away with next year, in terms of being able to execute these plans, and what will 'we' wake up to that will put a stop to them?

It all seems to be happening so incredibly slowly sometimes, and incredibly fast at other times. I predict an ongoing assault on our perception of time. The past two years are a strange blur, with strange colours.

2021 I suppose was the year we saw just how far false information and overall credibility can be stretched in the mainstream media. For most of 2021 I had to control my frustration with how easily people seem to be duped and controlled. I've had to stop feeling frustrated, because it's just endless.

So, if 2021 was the year we got to see how far this insane narrative can be stretched, I predict 2022 will be the year we get to see what happens when the narrative starts to really fall apart. I honestly feel like I've been waiting 2 years for the cracks to even start to show, but I think now they really ARE showing.

What happens when the three enormous chickens of vaccine injury, US election tampering, and world economic **** storms come home to roost? It feels to me like a slow, slow car crash right now but throughout this whole thing I've felt narrative CAN NOT be maintained indefinitely. I believe we're seeing that for real now. And it's only just the beginning.

For this mess that we see to get any better... oh boy... If anything, 2021 has made me realise even more that absolutely nothing will change unless people themselves change. They are changing though. More division in one place means more unity in another as a reaction to the division. More blatantly false narratives in the mainstream media means ultimately, eventually, more truth will get out.

Perhaps that seems completely oversimplified and naive, but I think I'm seeing this all the time. Change is occurring.

I think things are going to PERCEIVABLY get a lot worse in 2022. Whilst, of cours, things will really be getting better and better. I predict 2022 and/or 2023 may go down in history as the peak of the storm I'm afraid. The worst part of the whole spectacle. That may seem a rather dire prediction but it's all about perception...

Can you imagine how crap you might feel if you'd gone along with all of this, followed all the rules, lost vital income, lost friends and family, lost your previous feelings of freedom and joy and THEN you start finding out this was all bull****. AND you fell for it? Like, Platinum Pro Plus Premium Plan fell for it? Ooft.

Friends, it's possible WE are the lucky ones here. The ones who smelled a rat long ago, who have already gone through all the hell it took to go crashing against the mainstream and to still hold ourselves reasonably in tact. Us. The ones who may now, suddenly, be in a position to say to a few people "well, yeah ... I kind of knew this was happening .. hey, do you remember that stuff I talk about sometimes? Yeah about literally everything in our our perceived reality being complete bull****? Well, this is that". And to hopefully say it with grace and acceptance.

The old age is gone. The information age has arrived. The age of knowledge. Knowledge, in fact, may be the new currency around here. How's your stash keeping these days?

[Mike Gorman]

Goodness me it's going to be an interesting ride, for sure.

Reading Exomatrix post advice is an interesting exercise (thanks John). It seems I've nearly switched off from keeping up with the more diabolical transhumanism/global totalitarian control plans.

It's not that I doubt these things - I've little doubt that all of the things mentioned by Exomatrix have been and are being planned out. The question, I suppose, is what will 'they' get away with next year, in terms of being able to execute these plans, and what will 'we' wake up to that will put a stop to them?

It all seems to be happening so incredibly slowly sometimes, and incredibly fast at other times. I predict an ongoing assault on our perception of time. The past two years are a strange blur, with strange colours.

2021 I suppose was the year we saw just how far false information and overall credibility can be stretched in the mainstream media. For most of 2021 I had to control my frustration with how easily people seem to be duped and controlled. I've had to stop feeling frustrated, because it's just endless.

So, if 2021 was the year we got to see how far this insane narrative can be stretched, I predict 2022 will be the year we get to see what happens when the narrative starts to really fall apart. I honestly feel like I've been waiting 2 years for the cracks to even start to show, but I think now they really ARE showing.

What happens when the three enormous chickens of vaccine injury, US ejection tampering, and world economic **** storms come home to roost? It feels to me like a slow, slow car crash right now but throughout this whole thing I've felt narrative CAN NOT be maintained indefinitely. I believe we're seeing that for real now. And it's only just the beginning.

For this mess that we see to get any better... oh boy... If anything, 2021 has made me realise even more that absolutely nothing will change unless people themselves change. They are changing though. More division in one place means more unity in another as a reaction to the division. More blatantly false narratives in the mainstream media means ultimately, eventually, more truth will get out.

Perhaps that seems completely oversimplified and naive, but I think I'm seeing this all the time. Change is occurring.

I think things are going to PERCEIVABLY get a lot worse in 2022. Whilst, of cours, things will really be getting better and better. I predict 2022 and/or 2023 may go down in history as the peak of the storm I'm afraid. The worst part of the whole spectacle. That may seem a rather dire prediction but it's all about perception...

Can you imagine how crap you might feel if you'd gone along with all of this, followed all the rules, lost vital income, lost friends and family, lost your previous feelings of freedom and joy and THEN you start finding out this was all bull****. AND you fell for it? Like, Platinum Pro Plus Premium Plan fell for it? Ooft.

Friends, it's possible WE are the lucky ones here. The ones who smelled a rat long ago, who have already gone through all the hell it took to go crashing against the mainstream and to still hold ourselves reasonably in tact. Us. The ones who may now, suddenly, be in a position to say to a few people "well, yeah ... I kind of knew this was happening .. hey, do you remember that stuff I talk about sometimes? Yeah about literally everything in our our perceived reality being complete bull****? Well, this is that". And to hopefully say it with grace and acceptance.

The old age is gone. The information age has arrived. The age of knowledge. Knowledge, in fact, may be the new currency around here. How's your stash keeping these days?

I am moved to say this is an excellent summary, I gain a strong sense of comradeship from your words Apulu! Yes perhaps we are among the luckier of the great mass of urban humanity 'out there', we noticed things from a young age, we were perturbed by what we observed and felt as a consequence; we are old players in this game and maybe we are here to help others to adjust and to rally their critical faculties. I am not certain, but thank you for your words Apulu, have yourself a merry little Christmas, one and all.

[Apulu]

I am moved to say this is an excellent summary, I gain a strong sense of comradeship from your words Apulu! Yes perhaps we are among the luckier of the great mass of urban humanity 'out there', we noticed things from a young age, we were perturbed by what we observed and felt as a consequence; we are old players in this game and maybe we are here to help others to adjust and to rally their critical faculties. I am not certain, but thank you for your words Apulu, have yourself a merry little Christmas, one and all.

Thanks for that Mike - much appreciated.

Perturbed is the word! Yes indeed.... we were perhaps perturbed enough to go through all the risk (or what seemed like risk) of revealing our non-mainstream views... a risky business...

Now it seems everyone is being forced to evaluate their views AND speak to all kinds of people, who might have wildly differing views, about pretty serious things. Frequently it seems.

I said to a friend recently who's pretty smart and well versed in all this: "it's remarkable isn't it that now all these difficult conversations are happening all the time now... before this most of us absolutely hated arguing with or even speaking to really opinionated people... who held very different views... now, because of this, we've all done loads of it and maybe realised the importance of hearing and even appreciating what people have to say, even if we completely disagree.... and I've certainly learned that I was way more opinionated than I thought I was... Isn't that something really good that's come out of this?"

Yes, he said "and, might I suggest, it's not just a good thing, but it's THE good thing: it's possible it's our way out of this".

I thanked him for that and promised I would be quoting him on it...

[mizo]

Not a prediction so much... I had a disturbing dream last night about major turmoil and civil disorder around a live televised international football/sports games (not a huge fan of football btw) -I dreamed about guided missiles and odd shaped drones that were flying into and around sports stadia, I just realised the World Cup Qatar is later next year.

I believe (hope) there will be a gradual and ever growing worldwide spiritual awakening, with an attempted leap from the current darkness into light during 2022 and beyond -the world's populace will start to gather together and demonstrate in greater numbers!

Seasons greetings and my best wishes to everyone on the forum - hoping next year will be the transition into something positive and great x

[Pam]

Goodness me it's going to be an interesting ride, for sure.

Reading Exomatrix post advice is an interesting exercise (thanks John). It seems I've nearly switched off from keeping up with the more diabolical transhumanism/global totalitarian control plans.

It's not that I doubt these things - I've little doubt that all of the things mentioned by Exomatrix have been and are being planned out. The question, I suppose, is what will 'they' get away with next year, in terms of being able to execute these plans, and what will 'we' wake up to that will put a stop to them?

It all seems to be happening so incredibly slowly sometimes, and incredibly fast at other times. I predict an ongoing assault on our perception of time. The past two years are a strange blur, with strange colours.

2021 I suppose was the year we saw just how far false information and overall credibility can be stretched in the mainstream media. For most of 2021 I had to control my frustration with how easily people seem to be duped and controlled. I've had to stop feeling frustrated, because it's just endless.

So, if 2021 was the year we got to see how far this insane narrative can be stretched, I predict 2022 will be the year we get to see what happens when the narrative starts to really fall apart. I honestly feel like I've been waiting 2 years for the cracks to even start to show, but I think now they really ARE showing.

What happens when the three enormous chickens of vaccine injury, US ejection tampering, and world economic **** storms come home to roost? It feels to me like a slow, slow car crash right now but throughout this whole thing I've felt narrative CAN NOT be maintained indefinitely. I believe we're seeing that for real now. And it's only just the beginning.

For this mess that we see to get any better... oh boy... If anything, 2021 has made me realise even more that absolutely nothing will change unless people themselves change. They are changing though. More division in one place means more unity in another as a reaction to the division. More blatantly false narratives in the mainstream media means ultimately, eventually, more truth will get out.

Perhaps that seems completely oversimplified and naive, but I think I'm seeing this all the time. Change is occurring.

I think things are going to PERCEIVABLY get a lot worse in 2022. Whilst, of cours, things will really be getting better and better. I predict 2022 and/or 2023 may go down in history as the peak of the storm I'm afraid. The worst part of the whole spectacle. That may seem a rather dire prediction but it's all about perception...

Can you imagine how crap you might feel if you'd gone along with all of this, followed all the rules, lost vital income, lost friends and family, lost your previous feelings of freedom and joy and THEN you start finding out this was all bull****. AND you fell for it? Like, Platinum Pro Plus Premium Plan fell for it? Ooft.

Friends, it's possible WE are the lucky ones here. The ones who smelled a rat long ago, who have already gone through all the hell it took to go crashing against the mainstream and to still hold ourselves reasonably in tact. Us. The ones who may now, suddenly, be in a position to say to a few people "well, yeah ... I kind of knew this was happening .. hey, do you remember that stuff I talk about sometimes? Yeah about literally everything in our our perceived reality being complete bull****? Well, this is that". And to hopefully say it with grace and acceptance.

The old age is gone. The information age has arrived. The age of knowledge. Knowledge, in fact, may be the new currency around here. How's your stash keeping these days?

I am moved to say this is an excellent summary, I gain a strong sense of comradeship from your words Apulu! Yes perhaps we are among the luckier of the great mass of urban humanity 'out there', we noticed things from a young age, we were perturbed by what we observed and felt as a consequence; we are old players in this game and maybe we are here to help others to adjust and to rally their critical faculties. I am not certain, but thank you for your words Apulu, have yourself a merry little Christmas, one and all.

I feel the same way..a beautiful, encouraging post from Apulu...thank you.

[Merkaba360]

Not a prediction so much... I had a disturbing dream last night about major turmoil and civil disorder around a live televised international football/sports games (not a huge fan of football btw) -I dreamed about guided missiles and odd shaped drones that were flying into and around sports stadia, I just realised the World Cup Qatar is later next year.

I believe (hope) there will be a gradual and ever growing worldwide spiritual awakening, with an attempted leap from the current darkness into light during 2022 and beyond -the world's populace will start to gather together and demonstrate in greater numbers!

Seasons greetings and my best wishes to everyone on the forum - hoping next year will be the transition into something positive and great x

As dreams are usually symbolic. I wonder if that represents the civil disorder and will really start to reach the distracted masses watching sports or what not. disrupt our fun and leisure. Forcing them to take notice of the surveillance (drones) and big brother shenanigans. hmmm And it was soccer/football? representing a worldwide impact? Unless you are a type of precog that sometimes dreams of actual events that happen, its best to think symbolically, as that is the language of the subconscious mind.

[ExomatrixTV]

Civil War IS INCOMING, The Battle Lines Are CLEARLY Drawn And It Can't Be Stopped:

i_XjbrePYTQ


CIA Advisor Says Civil War Is Closer Than Ever Before:

beBT-b42ytk

[Apulu]

I feel the same way..a beautiful, encouraging post from Apulu...thank you.

Thanks Pam this is hugely appreciated 🙏

"Say what you see" is a slightly bizarre, pretty obscure British TV catchphrase... from a show called... Catchphrase. I probably watched too much of that as a kid. There seems to be an equally bizarre amount of truth in that phrase though.

Anyway, I think that was my British-flavored attempt at deflecting perceivable praise away from me and onto something... else. If I was really going for it I would have said "something more obscure" rather than something else. This reply is way too convoluted 🙂 Thanks Pam.

[Wind]

Predictions about the future are notoriously difficult to make, 99,9 % of them end up not becoming true as we have seen on this forum too during the past decade or so. That's because the future is never really set in stone, collectively at least. There are just different potential outcomes and what we do right now will make those outcomes more or less possible. There still is no WWIII or global financial collapse or whatever. Is this a positive timeline or "bad" one? That I don't know, but no one said that it was going to be easy to transition into a better world. Many of the old predictions have said that first there would be many upheavals during the end of an epoch like this one now. Nature and the universe is always in motion, there is always change. Nothing ever stays the same and also for that reason the forces of darkness can't stay in power forever. They have had their playtime and soon it's time for them to go.

Anyways, these past couple of years have been quite terrible so it would be nice to see a good year for a change, but who knows how things will really go. There is much chaos now and a certain agenda to keep people in fear, but I feel that this is just one phase and things will eventually get better. We have to first go through the time of purification and time of unveiling (apocalypse) where all rotten things will be brought to the light of the truth. After that healing could begin.

[Spiral]

Something huge is coming, the Elite that think they have it all planned are of course merely the puppets of sinister powers that have no regard for them, other than as tools, but human nature & hubris being what it is they have forgotten that by the looks of things.

I have done remote (quantum) healing on cov victims & it's not normal, not only is it man made it also has a nasty occult aspect to it, the RV community on FB confirmed this.

The so called "cure" is even worse.

Prikspijt is already kicking in.

2022 will be the real start of the great Die Off, at which point somewhere along the lines, the charades, spin & BS won't work anymore and those at "the top" will start fighting amongst themselves & all bets are off at that point.

Can we pull a better future out of the hat ? Yes but not with out the masses going through the pain of getting detoxed of cognitive dissonance, which they are going to have to go through like it or not.

My two cents*

*Not redeemable for goods or services.

[jaybee]

Something huge is coming, the Elite that think they have it all planned are of course merely the puppets of sinister powers that have no regard for them, other than as tools, but human nature & hubris being what it is they have forgotten that by the looks of things.

I have done remote (quantum) healing on cov victims & it's not normal, not only is it man made it also has a nasty occult aspect to it, the RV community on FB confirmed this.

The so called "cure" is even worse.

Prikspijt is already kicking in.

2022 will be the real start of the great Die Off, at which point somewhere along the lines, the charades, spin & BS won't work anymore and those at "the top" will start fighting amongst themselves & all bets are off at that point.

Can we pull a better future out of the hat ? Yes but not with out the masses going through the pain of getting detoxed of cognitive dissonance, which they are going to have to go through like it or not.

My two cents*

*Not redeemable for goods or services.

yes - if all the predictions about the injections being (knowingly) dangerous - lethal over a period of time - possibly most high numbers of lethal results beginning around one and a half years after jab (s)..........?

see page 26 - point 75 - here... https://www.docdroid.com/WUjv6iw/icc-complaint-7-1-pdf#page=26

2022 could be a tough year where great pressure is applied to get everyone injected - because they don't want huge numbers of survivors of this phase of their agenda - that could cause problems for them .... we could even see forced injections on the door step by the army... as horrible and crazy as that sounds - but the perpetrators are fully committed now so we cannot dismiss anything - best to mentally be prepared just in case... but hope and pray for the best - and hope and pray that something unexpected comes into play that could change things - we have to keep the faith and keep strong and hold the line - I don't like to have to think like this but if this is a reality.... all the things we suspect and talk about - then......

I had to look up prikspijt :)

https://www.dutchnews.nl/news/2021/12/vaccination-regret-prikspijt-makes-dutch-word-of-the-year/


Prikspijt, a new word for regretting getting a vaccination, has been voted Dutch word of the year after a social media campaign, reports dictionary maker Van Dale.

[Spiral]

Something huge is coming, the Elite that think they have it all planned are of course merely the puppets of sinister powers that have no regard for them, other than as tools, but human nature & hubris being what it is they have forgotten that by the looks of things.

I have done remote (quantum) healing on cov victims & it's not normal, not only is it man made it also has a nasty occult aspect to it, the RV community on FB confirmed this.

The so called "cure" is even worse.

Prikspijt is already kicking in.

2022 will be the real start of the great Die Off, at which point somewhere along the lines, the charades, spin & BS won't work anymore and those at "the top" will start fighting amongst themselves & all bets are off at that point.

Can we pull a better future out of the hat ? Yes but not with out the masses going through the pain of getting detoxed of cognitive dissonance, which they are going to have to go through like it or not.

My two cents*

*Not redeemable for goods or services.

yes - if all the predictions about the injections being (knowingly) dangerous - lethal over a period of time - possibly most high numbers of lethal results beginning around one and a half years after jab (s)..........?

see page 26 - point 75 - here... https://www.docdroid.com/WUjv6iw/icc-complaint-7-1-pdf#page=26

2022 could be a tough year where great pressure is applied to get everyone injected - because they don't want huge numbers of survivors of this phase of their agenda - that could cause problems for them .... we could even see forced injections on the door step by the army... as horrible and crazy as that sounds - but the perpetrators are fully committed now so we cannot dismiss anything - best to mentally be prepared just in case... but hope and pray for the best - and hope and pray that something unexpected comes into play that could change things - we have to keep the faith and keep strong and hold the line - I don't like to have to think like this but if this is a reality.... all the things we suspect and talk about - then......

I had to look up prikspijt :)

https://www.dutchnews.nl/news/2021/12/vaccination-regret-prikspijt-makes-dutch-word-of-the-year/


Prikspijt, a new word for regretting getting a vaccination, has been voted Dutch word of the year after a social media campaign, reports dictionary maker Van Dale.

I read your post that went up just after I posted this :highfive:

I'm hoping that forced jabbing won't happen based on the fact that these people are occultists & know full well that if they trick people into taking the poison they aren't accountable, but if they order it to happen they are. Which allows other forces to come into play.

To sleepwalk people into tyranny means not waking them up, so playing the very cards they have used to justify starting wars with "evil despots" is probably the last thing they want to do, plus they have honed their skills at playing with peoples minds for decades, what with all the false flags & things like the McCann case.

Not to forget they are after all cowards & obsessed with "legacy" which means they will already have drawn up excuses & a list of scapegoats I would have imagined too.

[Brigantia]

I'm hoping that forced jabbing won't happen based on the fact that these people are occultists & know full well that if they trick people into taking the poison they aren't accountable, but if they order it to happen they are. Which allows other forces to come into play.

To sleepwalk people into tyranny means not waking them up, so playing the very cards they have used to justify starting wars with "evil despots" is probably the last thing they want to do, plus they have honed their skills at playing with peoples minds for decades, what with all the false flags & things like the McCann case.

Not to forget they are after all cowards & obsessed with "legacy" which means they will already have drawn up excuses & a list of scapegoats I would have imagined too.

YES. Of course, you're absolutely right! That's why they needed to put predictive programming clues about their terror events in the movies and TV shows that they churn out; even if we don't recognise them on a conscious level, we've consented.

That's a brilliant observation that gives me a lot of hope, thank you.

[jaybee]

I read your post that went up just after I posted this :highfive:

I'm hoping that forced jabbing won't happen based on the fact that these people are occultists & know full well that if they trick people into taking the poison they aren't accountable, but if they order it to happen they are. Which allows other forces to come into play.

To sleepwalk people into tyranny means not waking them up, so playing the very cards they have used to justify starting wars with "evil despots" is probably the last thing they want to do, plus they have honed their skills at playing with peoples minds for decades, what with all the false flags & things like the McCann case.

Not to forget they are after all cowards & obsessed with "legacy" which means they will already have drawn up excuses & a list of scapegoats I would have imagined too.


I hope you're right and it won't get as brutal as holding people down and injecting them - the whole thing is brutal enough anyway - I take your point and reasoning - I just wonder what they (theoretically) plan to do with all the survivors if there is a big Die Off ----- in theory most of the compliant people will be gone and the more rebellious types will be left...I suppose there is 5G....... eek ......

Anyway - that's enough doom and gloom from me for now :) ;) .... time to switch to more positive thoughts on this Christmas Eve evening - :thumbsup:

[Sue (Ayt)]

(sharing this upcoming interview from Jerry Wills)

PUBLIC BROADCAST - Please share
Broadcast Date: Monday, Dec 27th
Broadcast Time: 6pm pacific ~ 9pm eastern

2022 Predictions with William Stickevers

Since my first interview with William Stickevers, I remain amazed at the accuracy he sees astrologically of what is ahead for us, our nation, and the world. He has been uncannily accurate every time! We are about to begin 2022... What can William tell us?! Tune in and hang on! This is likely going to be as wild a ride as his other appearances have been!

You can watch this LIVE or catch the archive at http://JerryWillsShow.com in the Special Broadcasts section.

National and International phone lines will open the second hour.

Maybe you should order yourself a Cup of Chaos for this one! I'm sure 2022 requires it... Visit our website to order yours!

See you in the audience!
Jerry and Kathy

[Icare]

Craig Hamilton-Parker's (from psychics.co.uk) psychic predictions for 2022: (the video is a bit long-winded and unstructured, so this is the gist as he went along the different subjects):


He predicted the virus before, felt it came out of a lab, thought it was a biological weapon, now thinks there will be more of it in the future for another couple of years..

He thinks we'll get a lot more seismic activity.

One of the big serious things will be a sudden proliferation of nuclear weapons. A lot of worries ahead.

Royal family:
the Queen is ill and is getting towards the end of her years, she has got heart problems, she'll make it past her platinum jubilation, then rather quickly deteriorate in health and pass on towards the end of the year. Huge backlash over the netflix programme. After she has passed on, Charles will become king but have a short reign. He will be harsh on Meghan and Harry. They will lose a lot of their contracts. They will eventually divorce. William and Kate will be the last king and queen of England, after that the monarchy will finish.

Celebrity things:
the Epstein scandal will open up the floodgates, people will get prosecuted who are billionaires, also some politicians, someone really high up in British politics will be embroiled in a pedophile thing, high up in the British establishment.
One of the candidates for the next US election is also embroiled in a pedophile scandal.
Some big corruption scandals will be exposed.

China: has been bribing people left and centre, a lot of that will come out.

A film is being made about Walt Disney, the man, with a lot of matted faces, a very sanitized version of his past.
One of the Abba members will pull out of the thing, something will be revealed about the group that isn't very nice.

A story will break about a child being kept in darkness for years, with long matted hair, some horrible weird story.

Earth changes:
problems ahead with extreme weather, ridiculous weather, dam breaks, London and Paris badly flooded, extreme weather in China,
mass starvation in North Korea,
starvation in Africa,
crops failing,
food shortages affecting everybody, also the west,
fires, this time a very unusual one, an alpine area burning, might be somewhere like Russia, the ground burning as well, not just the trees,

a big island in trouble, possibly Madagascar,

a huge insect storm, sways of them, destroying crops, possibly in the USA, big oil spill in Canada,
start of a bit of a cold war between the west and China, we need to tax products made in China, this may be coming through and cause conflicts,

some countries will do a lot about their environmental footprint, a big world fund with governments putting money in it will be founded eventually, long term.

China will be revealed to have massive military stockpiles, the rest of us are completely unaware of just how much, they have outstripped America, they have hidden germ warfare facilities, that will become known. Also rocket facilities hidden away in the mountains, they have superfast rocket facilities pointed at us.
Economically they will slide a bit, some embargos coming. Taiwan is going to be a really serious problem, there might be an attack. India could become a threat for China too. Lots of conflicts and firing of weapons, quite serious border conflicts. Ultimately India will grow more quickly than China.

Japan will also become a nuclear power, despite their current constitution.

Russia will shut off parts of the electric grid in the USA, also in Europe, cyber attacks, possibly in cahoots with China because they will become allies.

Germany will have to rethink their phasing out nuclear power.

The North Korean leader may be deposed, fairly soon.

A terrorist gunman is going to infiltrate a peace march, killing both police and protesters (in an English-speaking place), also copycats of that. A lot of protests going on.

Iran will announce they have full nuclear capability and Israel may attack them.
A lot of conflicts in the news.

World politics:
Joe Biden is not going to complete his full turn. It will be claimed to be health issues but it's going to be a coup within his own party.
He will be replaced by a woman, but not Kamala Harris.

There will be a powerfully-minded black woman in the republican party who will along with Trump make a bid for the White House.
Trump's social media "Truth" will get a slow start but will ultimately be successful. Trump is going to announce his running for president on that platform. He might even make it to president again.
There willl probably be a big swing away from the democrats.

Massive immigration problem coming up next year in the USA. Very difficult imbalance in politics, almost like a civil war in America one day, but that's a long time ahead.

In Europe: a lot of disintegration, a lot of internal conflicts, Denmark will start to make a move out, possibly Poland and Hungary may start to make a move.



The Brazilian leader is going to be removed by force (a military coup).


Economy:

Facebook will become a big flop (partly opinion, partly feeling), will get financial problems, smaller, more private sites are going to come up,
Google will fall,
then Amazon,
ultimately we will have control over our own data, there will be international laws about this;

immigration is going to go completely out of hand, a lot of fakery of green cards is going to be exposed,
France will have lots of internal conflicts with forced political change happening,
also financial problems in Europe, ultimately the Euro will fall (not in 22),
Boris Johnson is going to announce a huge infrastructure programme, after the crosstrack thing that's coming up,
Northern Ireland: a deal will be struck with the EU, better movement and better peace coming because of that

In the UK development of space technology, but also world wide, there'll be a big space race, because China is weaponizing space,
adefence system will be set up,
advice: take your money out of Google and Facebook, put it into space technology

Big investments in cyber security

A lot of media cover ups will be exposed (over taxes), A-list celebrities are going to be jailed for tax fraud

Inflation is going to be a huge problem, world-wide, mortgages are going to go up

big crash in cyber currency, one of them is going to tank, not all of them,

carbon tax on Chinese products coming up,

India will improve economically, will become a beacon of hope, spiritually as well, eventually. This will trigger an uprising in China.

Not all of this may happen in 22, some of the things mentioned may happen later.

Africa: a really brutal civil war coming up (22/23).

One of the big cloud groups is going to get his with major problems coming from that.

A lot of protests around the Olympics in China which will be politicized, possibly an uprising in Hongkong as well, but will not be successful.

At the end he promotes his book again and reminds us:
All the problems ahead of us are nothing but the birth pains of a golden age to come. In a dark age we can progress much faster spiritually. Reality is within our heads, inside ourselves. We can enter spiritually in the golden age before it actually starts. Gradually people will wake up.


ZPfy72GbH18

[Sue (Ayt)]

reminder- live now


(sharing this upcoming interview from Jerry Wills)

PUBLIC BROADCAST - Please share
Broadcast Date: Monday, Dec 27th
Broadcast Time: 6pm pacific ~ 9pm eastern

2022 Predictions with William Stickevers

Since my first interview with William Stickevers, I remain amazed at the accuracy he sees astrologically of what is ahead for us, our nation, and the world. He has been uncannily accurate every time! We are about to begin 2022... What can William tell us?! Tune in and hang on! This is likely going to be as wild a ride as his other appearances have been!

You can watch this LIVE or catch the archive at http://JerryWillsShow.com in the Special Broadcasts section.

National and International phone lines will open the second hour.

Maybe you should order yourself a Cup of Chaos for this one! I'm sure 2022 requires it... Visit our website to order yours!

See you in the audience!
Jerry and Kathy

[onawah]

Here's the link for that show that's live now: https://jerrywillsshow.com/interview-with-william-stickevers/

[Eva2]

reminder- live now


(sharing this upcoming interview from Jerry Wills)

PUBLIC BROADCAST - Please share
Broadcast Date: Monday, Dec 27th
Broadcast Time: 6pm pacific ~ 9pm eastern

2022 Predictions with William Stickevers

Since my first interview with William Stickevers, I remain amazed at the accuracy he sees astrologically of what is ahead for us, our nation, and the world. He has been uncannily accurate every time! We are about to begin 2022... What can William tell us?! Tune in and hang on! This is likely going to be as wild a ride as his other appearances have been!

You can watch this LIVE or catch the archive at http://JerryWillsShow.com in the Special Broadcasts section.

National and International phone lines will open the second hour.

Maybe you should order yourself a Cup of Chaos for this one! I'm sure 2022 requires it... Visit our website to order yours!

See you in the audience!
Jerry and Kathy

Thank you Sue for sharing this - I'm into hour 2 and finding it really interesting. Seriously thinking about getting bitcoin now but haven't a clue how to go about that. I'm all set to do a bit of research now and see if I can figure this out (I'm seriously challenged in the financial arena). Also interesting was the occulus headgear which I almost purchased last year.

[onawah]

Stickevers says his official predictions for 2022 won't be ready until February.
But he gives his unofficial predictions in the recent show.

At 45 minutes in (after predictions for world-wide revolution and crises from energy to immigration to banking) Stickevers predicts record-breaking changes in weather-- extreme temperatures, earthquakes, volcanos, tsunamis.
He says the cause is not global warming, but he doesn't say what the cause is--maybe that will come in the official predictions.
Curiously, he only mentions changes in weather very briefly, then the focus goes to surviving the economic collapse--bitcoin, etc.
Like Clif High, he is a huge fan of bitcoin, and goes on for most of the 3 hours about that.

My question is what happens to bitcoin, which is digital currency, if the energy grid collapses and there is no internet?
And if there is no food, bitcoin won't do you any good at all.
He doesn't talk specifically about the Sun and what effects changes on the Sun will have on Earth.
Ironically, it seems even astrologers may have a big blind spot when it comes to the Sun...

On the other hand, at about one hour 7 minutes in, the talks turns briefly to secessions not only of states, but of sustainable, intentional communities, which I found very interesting, since my mentor the seer, Dr. Christopher Hills, predicted the future would largely be organized into large, interconnected sustainable communities.
Then the rest is mostly about bitcoin and why you need it to survive.
Personally, I don't think that is going to be the kind of insurance he seems to think.
But his focus is more short term, not as far ahead as 20 years, by which time earth changes will have made it much more clear who is going to survive.

[BoR]

In 2022 all satanists and cabal individuals and all evil beings, whether terrestrial, astral or extraterrestrial will suddenly disappear from the Earth and the solar system. They will be transported directly into hell, the place they love so dearly. This will be known as The Great Descension. The people who denied the existence of the satanists and went along with their agenda and laughed at, or became (passively) aggressive towards the people who tried to warn them will suddenly see their (in some cases fatal) mistake and will, for the first time in their lives, feel what it’s like to be humble. They will stay in this humble state for the rest of their lives.

Donald Trump, the only politician who remains on Earth gets convicted by a tribunal, led by Gracie from Project Avalon, for initiating Project Warp Speed. However, his sentence will be limited to an apology speech, because he successfully explained he had to make a choice between two bad choices, because he was cornered by the satantists who left during The Great Descension.

Free energy technology will be released, the Sahara Desert will become green again, all people will have left the major cities by November 2022 and will be spread across the globe, living in self sustainable homes in nature. Some living in small villages of like-minded individuals, others with only their spouse and children and a few people who prefer to be alone on their own, however most of the times together with an animal companion.

Project Avalon will be chosen as the world’s most cherished library of unique writings and thoughts, the members of the Forum will each get a golden statue in honor of their geniusness. Bill Ryan will throw a party in Ecuador on December 28 2022 for all Avalon members, who will travel there by the latest beaming technology.

I am very sorry I can’t give you any better news. It is what it is, I’m afraid. And somehow we are going to have to deal with this. But I promise you, we will get through this together. Let that be the sparkle of hope to end this prophecy with.

[Vangelo]

...

My question is what happens to bitcoin, which is digital currency, if the energy grid collapses and there is no internet?
And if there is no food, bitcoin won't do you any good at all.
...


These topics have been discussed in multiple threads. Here is one I participated in. The post is here (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?116682-Will-the-Banksters-Embrace-Extend-and-Extinguish-Cryptocurrencies&p=1462974&viewfull=1#post1462974)but the response was...


Let's walk through this scenario together. It will show that bitcoin is much more resilient to this type of catastrophe than our current financial system...

So, presuming some catastrophe hits and all the electricity goes out, everywhere around the world. That means the internet goes down everywhere as well. If it is an unrecoverable event, then it is an existential threat to the population of the world that is dependent upon electricity. The majority of people will die and money will have no value what so ever. Food and water will be the new gold

If it is a recoverable event, and it was short enough duration that we didn't kill each other as we scavenged for food and water then, when we turned electricity back on, we would have to reset the data in the information systems that run our economy. So for instance, my bank would have to restore the last backup tape they have (note that I am being specific about backup tapes because they would be one of the few mediums that survive without an electric current running through them) Hopefully, my bank did a backup the night before the event. That means my bank account would read my balance as of last night as opposed to the balance as of the moment of the event.

In addition, the company that supplies my electricity and the company that supplies my natural gas and my local, state and federal governments would also have to go to their their last backup tape (presuming they have one). None of them would have the same backup date which means nothing would add up. The government records might say I owe taxes while the electric company might say I have a positive balance on my account.

How do we resolve that dilemma? A very interesting topic to speculate about...

Notice, that I did not yet say anything about bitcoin. Here is the interesting thing, every miner on the network would have the same balance. All we would have to do is find the most recent backup tape that was taken by any one of the miners and use that as the new starting point. Then, the question becomes how do we know who owns each wallet? Well, if you saved your private key or seed words on a piece of paper, you are good. If you did not, you are out of luck.




...

Seriously thinking about getting bitcoin now but haven't a clue how to go about that. I'm all set to do a bit of research now and see if I can figure this out (I'm seriously challenged in the financial arena). ...

Be very careful. There are a lot of people scamming others. Only transact with a reputable exchange such as FTX (https://ftx.us)or CoinbasePro (https://pro.coinbase.com). When you have sufficient holdings then buy a hardware wallet such as Trezor. Note: FTX.us if you reside in US and FTX.com if you reside outside US.

Here are two youTubers I trust.

InvestAnswers (https://www.youtube.com/c/InvestAnswers/videos)provides deep analysis. His last video with Greg Foss and Jeff Booth is mind blowing and the arguments they present for why we have to jump on the Bitcoin train are quite convincing.

Guy from CoinBureau (https://www.youtube.com/c/CoinBureau/videos)is also someone with high integrity and good analysis. His material is easier to understand.

[Icare]

This channel "Infinite Waters (Diving Deep)" / Ralph Smart with 1.97 million followers makes some interesting predictions he had in a vision.

I tried to take notes as fast as I could, so here goes:


There will be more restrictions coming, but at the same time more people are waking up, more people are going to choose love, more people programmed by the matrix are going to wake up, more highly influential people are going to wake up, whiste-blowing and telling us what's going on.

A social credit system is going to be introduced, with credits based on whether one had the shots, but there will be huge worldwide protests about that. It's all going to start making sense to people, they will realize we have been lied to.

There will be a greater integration between man and woman with technology, AI will become more visible even more, self-driving cars in full effect, also a breakthrough revelation that the human mind will be transferred into a human, it's already happening but now it's going to be made public.

A mass exodus will happen with people leaving the cities and living off-grid, closer to nature. More people are going to have clarity. There will be a huge split because of shots, the New World Order and credit scores, a lot of communities will form outside of all that.

More real whistleblowers will expose the system and the matrix, exposing how they are using theses algorithms to stop the truth from coming out, not only in the tech industry, whistleblowers in the health industry and the government are going to come out too.

The future is what we focus on in the present moment.

A new earth is going to be born. People are not going to be judged according to their medical status and are going to be treated with love and respect. The unvaxxed are going to be able to breathe freely again.

Remember the future can change according to what you do right now.

More singers, mainstream, are going to come together to make a song speaking of humanity and it will have a huge impact.

A viral video is going to come out exposing things too and will be very influential. It's going to awaken the minds of the masses. It's not going to be on Facebook etc but we are going to get a link to it

There is also going to be another social media blackout , an attempt to censore things, this is when a lot of people are going to connect the dots.

Food shortages are going to be staged.

A rival to Facebook and Youtube will come up, uncensored, so now the truth can get out there.

There will be a high court incident , justice is going to be restored, more people will fight for their freedon (which is what humanity values most), there will be a massive split where the unvaxxed stay and where the vaxxed stay. A split between the 3D and the 5D a division between fear and love.

The future is in our hands.

They tried to bury us, they forgot we are seeds. Remind yourselves, we've got this.
zF_GXhHvFes

[Sunny-side-up]

Hmm well more hoping than predicting:

I Still believe the Moon was placed where it is (Exactly) and that it is still populated by those that made it.
I think within the year 2022 signs and evidence will come to light about the moon and even possible direct actions from it/them.

I feel that up-welling from the earth's inner water will happen causing disasters at first but goodness later, first signs will show in 2022

A sudden increase in paranormal activity and strange creatures?

These are just feelings and I have not sat back to think of them, not sure if they relate to 2022 but as I said signs will start to show.

Love you all
:sun:
Alan

[Gwin Ru]

WORLD FORECAST 2022 ZODIAC SPREAD! HOW WILL THINGS TURN IN THE NEW YEAR? WHAT WILL BE REVEALED? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z7Jk4xUlp4U) 16:44

Dec 29, 2021
24,133 views

https://yt3.ggpht.com/ytc/AKedOLTDNYp-AqDaaug_0hssFvcGq_tdUdAQg_lOq7lowA=s48-c-k-c0x00ffffff-no-rj (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCB5vEAVjCyAQGMWToxcsPbA) Tarot by Janine (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCB5vEAVjCyAQGMWToxcsPbA)

Check out Tarot by Janine's new video where she does a reading looking into 2022 and how does the year ahead look! What will we see come to be for the next year? Will things turn to the favor of human life and freedom? What big truths will be revealed? Join in!

Z7Jk4xUlp4U

[FireRat]

2022 is the Chinese Year of the Water Tiger and an Universal Number 6 year that also contains the Master Number 22 in the yy Year format (100-year cycle).
This information could help shed some light on what 2022 could bring the world, both in good positive things and the negative or destructive.
I won't go too deep into details but will attempt to predict and foresee the year in the summary below:

2022 will be a chaotic year for world economy, with a ton of wild ups and downs in the stock market, largely affected by the ongoing pandemic and the many natural disasters that 2022 could bring the world (a much higher number than what is considered typical for a year). I think it could be a good year for Crypto and emerging technologies, and the pandemic may start to change into a less severe form hopefully. It will be a big and bold year, and will likely be a year that will be dominated by natural phenomena and climatic extremes, more than 2021. Since Tiger years are about change, we may see things change from a world being dominated by a global pandemic, to a world more dominated by the weather extremes and volcanic/geologic forces. The good news here would be that Covid could hopefully change into something less severe for the world, and we may finally start leaving the pandemic behind (Tiger year starts February 1st, so the change should begin after that date, especially March onwards. The bad news would be that 2022 could bring bigger natural disasters like earthquakes or severe weather/ hurricane impacts than 2021 did, so we may kind of trade a pandemic for a record year of natural disasters.

The '22' in 2022 could be a positive thing in that this number is known as the "master builder', which may imply 2022 could be a year of re-building, recovering from the things 2020 started. On the other hand, the '22' is a very powerful number, and powerful could translate into major events that cause destruction instead of building. It really seems to be a Jekyll and Hyde kind of year. Hopefully we will see more positive than negative this new year. That's all I've got to say about 2022 folks, best of luck in this new year!

[meat suit]

there could be some nasty accidents involving planes, ships, trains, trucks etc. involving vaxxed pilots/drivers.

my prediction for 2022 is that this may lead to the emergency suspension of all vaxxed pilots/drivers worldwide. causing complete standstill of all supply chains.

[Gwin Ru]

DEEP DIVE LOOK INTO 2022! WILL THE DARKNESS CLEAR? HOW MUCH MORE WORK NEEDS TO BE DONE? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OWRenmaUXAE) 24:09

Dec 31, 2021

https://yt3.ggpht.com/ytc/AKedOLTDNYp-AqDaaug_0hssFvcGq_tdUdAQg_lOq7lowA=s48-c-k-c0x00ffffff-no-rj (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCB5vEAVjCyAQGMWToxcsPbA) Tarot by Janine (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCB5vEAVjCyAQGMWToxcsPbA)

Check out Tarot by Janine's new video where she does a reading for Deep Dive Fridays looking into the world situation for 2022! Darkness & light! How much more needs to be done? What will we truly see come into being? What else is in store for us in the coming year? Join in!

OWRenmaUXAE

[happyuk]

As of midnight tonight, the flu will make a grand reappearance.

[Wind]

Astrology doesn't predict things, but it can be used as a forecast for what is to come.

LZ4hrxhaaoQ

[Sue (Ayt)]

Karl Denninger (Market Ticker) put out his annual predictions, and his "hits and misses" for 2021 HERE (https://market-ticker.org/akcs-www?post=244617)
-----------

2021: The Year In Review, And A Wee Light In The Tunnel*

As is my practice I will do this once again....

But first, scoring last year.

Harris/Biden inaugurated. Yep.

Senate NOT going 50/50. Miss. It did and is.

Rumblings of secession. Yep. Multiple states, with the most-noted being Florida, surprisingly enough. Nonetheless this was not really much of a rumble and a "Cesar" in DeSatan is arguably worse than Biden, so on balance its a miss.

***** insanity collapsing. Nope. Karen still screams.

Dooming public acceptance of jabs. Depends on how you count it. If you count it on coercive tactics that's a solid score. Acceptance is just that -- not a gun up the nose. I'm taking that point.

Inability to interdict spread will be resisted -- and won't matter. Yep. Delta and now Omicron have proved all the "mitigations" were worth zero. Now even CNN admits it, yet it doesn't matter, as I predicted. I said we'd learn an effective nothing, and, well, we learned an effective nothing.

Bread and circuses still work. Indeed. Now the backlash, but that's for this coming year, isn't it? Yep.

Inflation is coming. Oh boy, did it. Do I get two points for that one?

The money-printing grab-bag will continue. Alright, do I get two for this one as well?

The left will go back to violence. Well...... I guess that one is tougher. On the one hand yes, but on the other no. This one is a tough call, but what I thought I'd see is not what we got, although we got plenty with wildly-elevated murder rates and monstrous amounts of smash-n-grab and similar. I'm going to be tough on myself and score that as a miss, as what I thought we'd get was more-akin to "burn it all to ash" ala "I can't breathe!" style nonsense. We didn't, so it's a miss.

They'll ignore the lessons of Christmas Day in Nashville in 2020. Yep. And we have paid for it, but not in really ridiculous terms. Yet. Log2j, lots of service outages, but.... no "grand" exploit. I said I wouldn't be surprised, so that wasn't a "it'll happen", and what I did expect (ignoring it) did, so I'll take that point.

Political violence escalation. Nope. Not yet anyway. Clean miss.

Bond market coming apart. No, although you have to wonder what Powell is actually thinking. He's lying by the way, but so far getting away with it. Miss.

Strum and furor out of DC, but no real progress. Check. I don't know how in the Hell I could have predicted that one better. Let's Go Brandon!

My cat will remain my best friend. Indeed. The list of people I hang around with and actually like (as opposed to a purely-transactional experience) has gone to nearly zero, and I doubt it will change in the future. Point.
So I score it as 9 to 6. Not terrible for a one year prognostication.

How about for 2022?

Well, here we go, because why not? I will intentionally omit anything related to the virus directly because of where this is posted, and because of the censorship of the big techs. Never mind that you all know where I come down on most related topics in that respect anyway, so let's keep it to social, political and economic for this year.

Inflation will not calm down. Yes, it will ebb and flow some, but this is a math problem at the end of the day and until Congress cuts it out it isn't going to stop unless The Fed says "nuts!" and, so far, they haven't. Incidentally for those who say it will be "hyperinflation" you're nuts; I'll take the other side of that bet every day and twice on Sunday. But in terms of trouble in the supermarket, yep.

The Democrats are going to get obliterated in the midterms. Let's define that: They absolutely lose the Senate and I'll give it 50/50 they lose The House. In any event without the Senate anything Biden wants is done, and so is anything Pelosi wants, no matter if she keeps the gavel or not. My prediction is that the Senate will be at least 52-48 and it might be worse than that for the "D" side, so even if they can peel off a defector it doesn't help. In short Biden's administration has about six months of actual life left in it after which its a dead letter with the upcoming elections and then the change in power comes the following January. As I've pointed out for 20 years despite the screaming people always vote their wallet and the Democrats have literally stolen their wallets with inflation. They're done, even though Trump caused half of it or more they're going to eat the blame for it, just as Carter did. If the bracketing predictions (above and below) prove up in 2023 inflation will ebb as the Republicans take control of the legislature and 2024 will mark the end of the current Democrat party; all that will be left is the screaming Socialists like AOC who will be lucky to have 150 seats in The House.

The Fed is going to get forced into actual liquidity drains. Not the lies of the last couple of months, real drains. By spring, with inflation still raging, they'll have little choice -- and inflation is shifting away from fuels (which become less relevant in terms of "need" as heating season winds down anyway) into other core staples. There comes a point at which the exponential nature of this deterioration is going to force their hand and I think we're a couple months away from it happening. They won't like it, but they'll do it.

The USSC will "split the baby" on the abortion decision and nobody is going to like it. This could be very dangerous in terms of court-packing except for one problem -- the Democrats can't get it through Congress, and they lose this upcoming November. Ditto for any other decision that could threaten "court-packing." It's not going to happen folks; you can't do that on reconciliation and there's not a snowball's chance in Hell you get it past a filibuster.

The equity market is extremely vulnerable over the next six to nine months. Risk:reward is wildly unfavorable. It will shift coming into the elections but for the time being I would be very, very selective about anything with exposure to a blow-up in the term structure (meaning any firm with potential debt coverage issues), any of the "social" stocks and anything levered to government tax farming. I'll put the odds of a blow-up from now until the last few weeks before the election, defined as a 25% draw-down or worse, at 50:50. The compounding effect of that on the midterm elections, if it occurs, will be substantial.

There is no short-term supply chain relief coming. The problem is simply this: It's only smart to offshore labor to China when you can use wage and environmental disparities; it is otherwise stupid since transportation is never free. In an inflationary environment this is especially nasty because if the supply chains lengthen you also increase your risk in that regard. Being unable to quote prices with a reasonable degree of forward accuracy makes long-duration, long-distance supply chains wildly dangerous.

Business is going to get it in both holes. Between labor productivity and costs, which will continue to deteriorate due to multiple factors (inflation, how business has treated employees, supply chain issues and more) and the inability to put any sort of forward pricing certainty in place there is serious trouble afoot. Those with the longest international supply chains and heavily labor-intensive outfits get it the worst, but nobody is immune. Businesses can claim its about "mandates" all they want but from the perspective of the employee it is all the fault of their boss, period, and they're right. Businesses can tell the government to screw goats and shut down, refusing to comply with mandates by refusing to operate. How long does DC or any other city or state survive without food, fuel, power and similar? Hours. Who has the power in this relationship again? Yeah. May I remind you (again) that the only difference between sex and******is consent?

The blue hives are in particularly-serious trouble. Mandate all you want; you can't force people to come. All of these locations are wildly dependent on leisure, business travel or both. Those who live in such places can and will go out of said cities on a temporary basis to do things such as eat, and if it continues they can and will move. This is a losing game in a big way for these cities and towns. The losses when it comes to hospitality and optional firms such as theatres, restaurants and similar, along with the tax revenue losses, will be catastrophic and once someone packs and moves they're gone and won't be coming back. I'm expecting a quarter to a third or more of all remaining restaurant and similar firms in the blue hive cities to permanently close within the next 12 months and without the tax revenue city services cannot be provided. If the city governments do not relent before warmer weather comes Detroit will be reprised in multiple places including New York, Chicago, Boston and elsewhere.

Significant geopolitical trouble breaks out. I'll give it one of two places -- Ukraine or any of the Chinese issues, specifically their Muslim population and Taiwan. Of the two Ukraine has the higher probability. The facts of the matter are that Europe has sucked off our military spending for decades when it comes to such matters and frankly, if they're pissed off about both energy and defense they should have done something about it instead of whining and shutting down their existing energy sources. I have zero sympathy for them and I don't care if Putin decides he's had enough of NATO.

Ghislaine Maxwell's trial is not the end of that story. I'll predict that it blows up this coming year in a lot of people's faces. What you've seen at CNN, for example, I'll bet is just a start. This crap has been going on for a very long time and the "bench" on it in terms of who's in it up to their necks is deep and long. It does not end with her by any stretch of the imagination, nor with one dude at CNN either. While I don't expect the entire sordid mess to come apart in 2022 I do expect serious cracks in the dike and they don't have enough fingers to try to plug the holes. Watch this one closely as it could easily go prompt critical and if it does all bets are off in terms of the scope and depth of the damage.

Biden is finished this year. He's done. Either he dies literally or he bows out due to "health." It's wildly clear at this point the man is an empty head with advanced mental deterioration. Repeated strokes, and he's had several, have a way of doing that to people and so does age-related dementia generally. Like it or not here comes Kamala but it won't matter because of the above; she's even less liked than Biden is, so Seat Warmer Harris it shall be.

Business uncertainty lifts in the back half. Yes, I know, I said it looked like crap up front and will be for most of the year. But not all, and with the Federal Government basically out of the picture as of the first of 2023 economically and market-wise the forward view looks better. Beware holding a bearish view politically or economically beyond the November elections; you are likely to get your face ripped off.

Housing, as a bubble, is done. God help you if you overpaid and it wasn't a lateral move. For those whom it was, you traded one bubble for another so provided you didn't dump your equity percentage blowing the rest on other things you won't be hurt badly. For those who entered into it from 2020 forward and especially for those who thought the investment side was going to continue to skyrocket you're going to get it in both holes. Between cities doing rankly stupid things (such as NY mandating no natural gas in new buildings) that will wildly raise operating costs, tax term structure going to Hell in anywhere blue and the collapse in real labor value among productivity and costs you've got pressure on all sides in this part of the market. My base case is that returns are wildly negative accounting for that over the next five years and 20-50% capital losses are possible from top to bottom. Those who reset their leverage thinking the current prices were "a floor" are in for a date with Mr. Hands. This is not a one year story and the worst of it is not a 2022 story either, but it will become apparent this year. I do not expect things to clear until 2024-25 or even perhaps later.

The Medical Complex has a serious problem on their hands - both in credibility and cost. Sure, some will be ok, but not much of it. I suspect this trend is generational and may not clear for a decade or more. It will be quite interesting to see the screaming and whining that comes out of these folks as their naked swimming becomes exposed for all, and it will. This is the year it becomes apparent to enough people to matter. Since this is 20% of the economy, one dollar in five, its an economic earthquake that will send shockwaves through colleges, government agencies and businesses. This has been a long time coming and both fully earned and deserved, especially for the TikTok dancers and those exhorting others. If you're in that sector with investments get out -- it will be radioactive within six to twelve months and stay that way for years.

The credentialism of the so-called "top schools" will deteriorate markedly and some may collapse. The idea that you can con people into paying $50,000/year to sit at home and watch zoom calls is flat-out insanity. It has long been apparent that the majority of the "value" in such places is the "ins" you get by going there, living there and hob-nobbing with people in low places -- not the education "per-se." That these institutions are so arrogant as to believe they can destroy the social interaction that is the very basis of their current value equation and not have that blow up in their face is astounding, but here we are. This is a realization that should have come 20 years ago, but like all such ego-driven nonsense it tends to go on a lot longer when the red warning light is on before someone blows off their own hand -- or head.

Trump is done, and so are those who cling to him. Run away now or be run over. The man will become glowing nuclear waste before the election. Exactly who fills the vacuum is not currently known, but the leading odds dude is likely DeSantis. I don't like that very much but it is what it is and the bench sucks on both sides of the aisle -- it's not just the GOP in that regard.
As always I may add more to this and revise predictions until 12:01 on January 1st, 2022 at which point other than typos its a time capsule and we'll see how it all plays out come the end of 2022.

Oh, as for that wee light in the tunnel referenced up top?

IT'S A TRAIN.

https://market-ticker.org/akcs-www?post=244617

[Rawhide68]

Back in 2020 I found a document from The World Bank getting into detail how much money each country should be sent during the Covid pandemic lasting from 2020 to 2025. It's a PDF and I can probably find if you're interested.

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Report No: PCBASIC02119761
COVID-19 STRATEGIC PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PROGRAM
AND PROPOSED 25 PROJECTS UNDER PHASE 1
Dated April 2, 2020

I find it strange that the World Bank had a 5-year plan ready back in April 2020 "Expected Project closing 31-Mar-2025"

URL source for downloading the PDF was ...
http://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/993371585947965984/pdf/World-COVID-19-Strategic-Preparedness-and-Response-Project.pdf

But it was only working for a few days.

http://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/993371585947965984/pdf/World-COVID-19-Strategic-Preparedness-and-Response-Project.pdf

[ClearWater]

Karl Denninger (Market Ticker) put out his annual predictions, and his "hits and misses" for 2021 HERE (https://market-ticker.org/akcs-www?post=244617)
-----------

2021: The Year In Review, And A Wee Light In The Tunnel*

As is my practice I will do this once again....

But first, scoring last year.
Just wanted to say thank you for sharing this. I've come to the point that I don't take predictions seriously from anyone that can't own up to their own results. To me, this willingness to self-assess is a prerequisite for credibility. I will gladly read through this when I get a chance.

And I would love to hear about others who review their previous predictions honestly, if anyone knows of any.

[Anu Raman]

My 2022-2025 predictions:

~ Global Digital Passport connected to Future "Cashless Society" will openly be discussed by politicians!
~ Mandatory Medications (more than just vaccines alone) to all who resist the "Not So Great Dystopian Reset (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)"
~ Massive Sterilization of Humans (Many Can Not Reproduce Anymore!).
~ Children born with strange eyes and/or other strange mutations in DNA.
~ Transhumanism (Weaponized A.I. connected to NanoTech, Humanoid Robotics, New Type Of Surveillance Drones, 5G (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?100537-Stop-5G-before-it-s-irreversible-&p=1446016&viewfull=1#post1446016) Weaponized etc. etc.
~ James Webb Space Telescope (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113456-The-Power-Of-The-James-Webb-Telescope-in-Space-To-Be-Launched-in-2021) (if successful) will prove 100,000s of new Exoplanets (https://exoplanets.nasa.gov/) "Earth 2.0 or Planet B (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113456-The-Power-Of-The-James-Webb-Telescope-in-Space-To-Be-Launched-in-2021&p=1469739&viewfull=1#post1469739)" will be found with evidence of Earth-like atmospheres!
~ "Faster Than Light" Travel Tests (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?117048-World-s-First-Warp-Bubble-Just-Created-by-DARPA-Funded-Researchers-&p=1467506) becomes more and more reality!
~ Cashless Society Agenda connected to (conditional) "Universal Basic Income" to pacify the majority of people especially after major (monetary/economic) crisis/collapse.
~ Many new (severe) unconstitutional laws will be made ... edicts, mandates etc.
~ Military & Police will work more and more openly together and most thought that this "never" would happen.
~ Mandatory Bio-metrics ID to access the internet tested in more and more cities/countries.
~ Most Cities worldwide become Techno Prisons.
~ Massive increase in UFO Sightings (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?115419-UAP-Disclosure-comments-opinions-and-other-material) especially in rural ares where people live much closer to nature.
~ New Antarctica Discoveries of Ancient Buildings/Artifacts that are older than the Human Race.
~ Much longer "Climate Lockdowns (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?115447-Climate-Lockdowns-are-Coming--Agenda2030--Predicted-by-Conspiracy-Researchers-)" Google, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Microsoft, Apple etc. etc. will bombard us with: "local average temperature & weather changes" warnings that eventually leads to an Orwellian "Social Credits System" similar to China.
~ Some insiders will leak out that the Ultra Elite possess life-extension technologies which is one of the main reasons they want to Depopulate (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113012-The-Depopulation-Plan&highlight=depopulation) The Earth First!
~ New Kind of Weather Warfare (Geoengineering (https://www.youtube.com/user/ChemTruthers)) will be seen/experienced and used in the mass media to push the "Climate Change Hysteria" Agenda 21 aka Agenda 2030 (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)
~ People snitching others get financially rewarded or get "more points" in the new Orwellian "Social Credit System"... openly promoted via countless (social media & mainstream media) platforms.
~ Free Energy Technology used in more and more places without making it public >>> but many who live in rural areas will eventually find out about it.
~ Crypto Currency Money System will be totally hijacked by Governments which leads to (partial) Civil War. (Military & Police will work together to "solve" this problem.
~ Many different parallel systems will be successful but not promoted via Mass Media.
~ China will Attack Taiwan if The West will not bow down to their Globalist plans.
~ The majority of the masses will eventually find out the truth about Vaccine (and "Booster") injuries (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113668-Vaccination-Injuries-On-Record-for-Covid19)but most become too weak to do something about it and even if they did they are heavily depended to a totally corrupt system that provides them the "Universal basic Income" which is 100% digital (not cash!).
~ 2025-2030 (and beyond) "Enhanced Humans" will replace normal people in key positions of authority.
~ Big chance of a temporary shut down of the internet... done to push faster for "The Not So Great (Dystopian) Reset (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111148-The-Great-Reset)"
~ HSP (unvaccinated - unmedicated) people will remember who they really are without telling others (except a tiny few they trust) ... this will be key to our future!

~ to be continued to 100 predictions soon ...

cheers,
John Kuhles aka 'ExomatrixTV'
December 20th, 2021

27. ~ A huge black 5.1 mile wide triangle UFO shows up and hovers over the Capitol of the United States. It just sits there and does nothing.... for months...for years... :P

haha.

1- people will most definitely panic. Riots in the streets...blood curling murders.. etc-
2- military will try to shoot at it, but finds out it's invulnerable to any weapon on Earth, including nuclear.
3- religion will set up a prayer and cult for the "god of the skies". (LOL) :facepalm:
4- scientists will try everything, communication attempts...etc.. even land on top of it's hull...walk around on it's 'starry' looking hull.. finding no entrance to the craft.
5- more paranoia skyrockets... governments will start blaming the supposed 'inhabitants' in the craft for covid, etc.. :facepalm:

[palehorse]

My prediction for 2022 in five words:

there will be more bullsh!t

I do think so too.

Also water will be a big issue soon, I mean drinkable/potable/fresh water, with the speed up process in cutting down large areas with rain forest, those areas are becoming desert and river are drying up, see India and Brazil as good examples. All in the name of progress of course. :facepalm:

[palehorse]

Back in 2020 I found a document from The World Bank getting into detail how much money each country should be sent during the Covid pandemic lasting from 2020 to 2025. It's a PDF and I can probably find if you're interested.

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Report No: PCBASIC02119761
COVID-19 STRATEGIC PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PROGRAM
AND PROPOSED 25 PROJECTS UNDER PHASE 1
Dated April 2, 2020

I find it strange that the World Bank had a 5-year plan ready back in April 2020 "Expected Project closing 31-Mar-2025"

URL source for downloading the PDF was ...
http://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/993371585947965984/pdf/World-COVID-19-Strategic-Preparedness-and-Response-Project.pdf

But it was only working for a few days.

http://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/993371585947965984/pdf/World-COVID-19-Strategic-Preparedness-and-Response-Project.pdf


I have no doubt the entire circus was planned.
The document still available, I just downloaded it and it says "Public Disclosure Authorized", I will compare with the other one I have here, they are probably the same.

-=update=-
yes, they are the same document.

[Frankie Pancakes]

Here is a definitive list of things that will happen in 2022:

January 1 – USPS will deliver your Christmas package

January 6 – Second insurrection attempt canceled

January 20 – Pfizer unveils booster shots 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8

January 21 – Men break every record ever held by women


January 22 – Harvard gender studies professor discovers five new pronouns

January 23 – The Babylon Bee discovers a 3rd conservative joke

January 25 – Obama releases another memoir

January 27 – Mark Zuckerberg finally learns how to smile with his eyes

February 1 – WHO runs out of Greek letters for variants and starts naming them after the Muppets

February 2 – Jan 6th committee finally catches your Grandma

February 26 – China officially annexes United States

March 1 – Bill Clinton plants the flag on brand new Epstein Island

March 3 – Space Force training exercise accidentally blows up Mars

March 10 – Obama releases yet another new memoir

March 25 – Meat is outlawed, replaced with delicious bugs instead

April 1 – AOC red-pilled after reading an economics book

April 19 – Man dressed as woman hailed as first woman to not complain about being cold

May 5 – Hollywood studio announces all-female reboot of Ghostbusters: Afterlife

May 10 – Firefly renewed for 12 new seasons. Unfortunately, it’s written by the writers of the 2nd season of Ted Lasso

June 6 – AOC tweets something dumb

August 15 – The only child to be named “Brandon” for the entire year is born

September 5 – Jen Psaki becomes Ben Psaki

October 8 – Obama releases new memoir

October 11 – Ted Cruz finally gets to spend a week in Cancun

November 17 – Republicans bravely squander control of Congress

December 10th – You still can’t get your hands on a PS5

December 25 – Christmas will occur on this day

December 27 – Obama releases new memoir

December 30 – Ghislaine Maxwell’s black book leaked, will be released in January

December 31 – Jesus returns

Wish I could take credit, but from the Bee.

[ExomatrixTV]

Here is a definitive list of things that will happen in 2022:

January 21 – Men break every record ever held by women



you mean:

January 21 – Transgender break every record ever held by women and feels "superior (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?115313-There-s-the-Woke-and-the-In-The-Know)"

[Andre]

Since I am in the USA, most of my prediction are issued from that perspective. Some are predictions for 2022 - 2024.

Kryztian, your list strikes me as being very close to what may transpire.

Going one step further, I think there could be massive medical and hospital system collapses later in 2022, at least in the USA, Australia and perhaps the UK. We're seeing this in some hospitals already. Let's face it, the elite don't want people to be healed. Their hatred of humanity has now been exposed and is palpable.

I do think the black swan event could come through a few strategically engineered weather events used to boost funding of the de-facto world government through the WHO and the UN. It seems obvious to me that Bill Gates and his pals, as astute businessmen would prefer governments around the world to start picking-up the tab for funding pandemic management rather than having to fork out billions each year for it though the WHO, assuming of course they are planning more phony epidemics and carbon trading still feeds UN coffers.

Population migration is a major phenomenon here in Australia but I'm not sure if it's effecting other countries (?) There is a massive migration of people leaving the big cities and moving to towns and rural properties all over Australia. A lot of people have been buying places sight unseen and in many cases offering 10s of thousands of dollars over listed prices by phone. Properties in major satellite cities and even smaller towns have more than doubled in price over the last two years! Rentals in many sought after locations are now non-existent so many will have to find alternative accommodation or move which is going to create added financial stress for many and employment issues for small businesses.

And with regards polarisation, I have seen early signs of the elite attempting to create a state of medical apartheid by dividing the vaccinated and the un-vaccinated but it may not work because it's becoming increasingly evident that the un-vaccinated are no more a risk to others than the vaccinated. So the expensive "quarantine" facilities they have build here in Australia may become white elephants. In Australia, a lot is going to depend on the media which is being given huge tax rebates to comply with government policy and must keep the government happy because it has now become one of their major advertisers. The government is spending a fortune on promoting vaccination.

[Donald Ryan]

Hmm well more hoping than predicting:

I Still believe the Moon was placed where it is (Exactly) and that it is still populated by those that made it.
I think within the year 2022 signs and evidence will come to light about the moon and even possible direct actions from it/them.

I feel that up-welling from the earth's inner water will happen causing disasters at first but goodness later, first signs will show in 2022

A sudden increase in paranormal activity and strange creatures?

These are just feelings and I have not sat back to think of them, not sure if they relate to 2022 but as I said signs will start to show.

Love you all
:sun:
Alan

Ditto on the moon. It is there for a reason that many of us suspect but don't completely comprehend. I want to know more. . .

[Franny]

The Economist has its predictions for the year. Interesting I suppose, but no idea what the pig represents. Killing off more herds? They seem to expect more earth and geological disasters. What do they know about the Plans?


48211

[Sérénité]

The Economist has its predictions for the year. Interesting I suppose, but no idea what the pig represents. Killing off more herds? They seem to expect more earth and geological disasters. What do they know about the Plans?

https://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=48211&d=1641189233&thumb=1


I often wondered was swine flu the trial run.

[gini]

The Economist has its predictions for the year. Interesting I suppose, but no idea what the pig represents. Killing off more herds? They seem to expect more earth and geological disasters. What do they know about the Plans?

https://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=48211&d=1641189233&thumb=1


Uh.. that's the cover of The Economist of last year..

[ulli]

Jupiter in Pisces in 2022…

Madi Murphy, co-founder of The Cosmic RX and The Cosmic Revolution, describes Jupiter in Pisces as

“a guardian angel, a fairy godmother, and a sunny day at a peace-loving music festival combined.”

[palehorse]

The Economist has its predictions for the year. Interesting I suppose, but no idea what the pig represents. Killing off more herds? They seem to expect more earth and geological disasters. What do they know about the Plans?


48211


The pig is very enigmatic figure, It could be something to do with Biden's stimulus injecting more and more money into the global push.

[jaybee]

I don't have any predictions of my own for 2022 yet... but this is Bjorn in Norway speaking about what he thinks is coming

I've seen a couple of his videos before and there's something calming about him - even though his 'prediction' isn't exactly comforting - I think, under the circumstances it's realistic... and he begins by saying -"Stay strong - don't lose hope - it will be hard but we have no choice, we have to weather this storm..."


2022: It will get ugly.


Ywy7Wj3fpIs



Bjorn Andreas Bull-Hansen
500K subscribers
Expect big changes that will affect you if you let them. Mandates, restrictions and the taking away of our freedoms. It will be the storm of our lifetime.

[ExomatrixTV]

Teal Swan's Forecast 2022 - What To Expect From The New Year:

PHm2I9V4q2A

[chrifri]

The 2022 predictions as per the following link are in my opinion interesting

https://infobrics.org/post/34883/

[Anchor]

After last years effort at prediction, I think I will just stop trying to do that!

Instead, I will tell you that I predict that we will move towards the world we each manifest with increasing speed.

To the un-"vaccinated", they know who you are, they fear your strength, you are the tip of the spear.

Hold the line!

----

The vision I manifest

I live in a world:

where each person takes full responsibility for each thought, action, word and deed.
where each person lives in harmony with themselves, with each other self and with the planet, her nature and all her creatures and kingdoms
with no tyrants or troublemakers
that expresses pristine beauty, vitality and glory throughout the universe
where the truth is known by all
For the highest and best good of all.

With love from Anchor/John..

[Mike]

David Wilcock will write yet another book predicting things that already happened while pretending he got the predictions from a diary he wrote years before they actually happened (while refusing to show anyone the alleged diary). It will be titled "Cha Ching! Thanks For The Cash You Idiots", and his supporters will make it a best seller.

Later in the year he'll monetize his catch phrase by selling t-shirts that say "just say some sh!t" on them.

[bettye198]

Thank you Bill. This was very entertaining and imaginative. I have always found predictions to be found in the slip of the tongue or in publishing. Whatever is being allowed to be written i.e. works of fiction or nonfiction, or whatever movie is being waved in front of our faces may have the covert answers if one is suspicious enough. Anything allowed into mainstream has a depth of truth. So look at what the media is pushing whether in written or visual form.

Also for those who believe, a collective interest always pushes an agenda and gains momentum. It could be something new or old or nothing at all to gaze at but the influence projected by those who are "credible" gets trendy then as we suspect, disinformation rises to the surface. I prefer not to listen to psychics anymore because [1] they channel information from God knows where,usually fourth dimensional garbage. [2] They could very well be landing on a parallel or different timeline of probabilities so its not even in our reality but in a holodeck somewhere. Then there is the russian roulette of could be, may not be. If we get that prediction we often go into the realm of creating the outcome ourselves. LOL.

My sense of what will occur in 2022 is like most. People if they get fed up enough, create a whole new paradigm. I pray on that.:clapping:

[TomKat]

Teal Swan says more of the same for 2022 in terms of authority vs freedom
https://youtu.be/PHm2I9V4q2A
Awakening in April

[Donald Ryan]

with the increased flow and speed of (mis)informaton, it all gets to be a bit too much, sometimes. I try like the dickens to keep myself centered with all that happens, but sometimes, just sometimes, I need to shut it all down and out to find myself. Best to all. Cheers!

[BoR]

In 2022 all satanists and cabal individuals and all evil beings, whether terrestrial, astral or extraterrestrial will suddenly disappear from the Earth and the solar system. They will be transported directly into hell, the place they love so dearly. This will be known as The Great Descension. The people who denied the existence of the satanists and went along with their agenda and laughed at, or became (passively) aggressive towards the people who tried to warn them will suddenly see their (in some cases fatal) mistake and will, for the first time in their lives, feel what it’s like to be humble. They will stay in this humble state for the rest of their lives.

Donald Trump, the only politician who remains on Earth gets convicted by a tribunal, led by Gracie from Project Avalon, for initiating Project Warp Speed. However, his sentence will be limited to an apology speech, because he successfully explained he had to make a choice between two bad choices, because he was cornered by the satantists who left during The Great Descension.

Free energy technology will be released, the Sahara Desert will become green again, all people will have left the major cities by November 2022 and will be spread across the globe, living in self sustainable homes in nature. Some living in small villages of like-minded individuals, others with only their spouse and children and a few people who prefer to be alone on their own, however most of the times together with an animal companion.

Project Avalon will be chosen as the world’s most cherished library of unique writings and thoughts, the members of the Forum will each get a golden statue in honor of their geniusness. Bill Ryan will throw a party in Ecuador on December 28 2022 for all Avalon members, who will travel there by the latest beaming technology.

I am very sorry I can’t give you any better news. It is what it is, I’m afraid. And somehow we are going to have to deal with this. But I promise you, we will get through this together. Let that be the sparkle of hope to end this prophecy with.

Now we know for sure this psychic called BoR is a fraud! I am here and now calling him exposed! It turns out there is no Gracy after all, you care to explain that BoR???

Hmm???

You can’t, right???

Yeah, that’s what I thought!


Mod note from Bill: please BoR’s alter ego, there is no need to be rude. It was just a satirical post, not an actual prediction.

Response from BoR: Please Bill, go easy on my alter ego, there is no need for a mod note. He was just trying to be funny and lighten up the mood.

Mod note from Bill: well, he failed!

Response from BoR: Ouch!

😜


But in all seriousness, this week seemed to have marked the turning point. With so many things being more and more exposed about the whole covid situation. 2022 is probably going to be the most unpredictable year ever. Let’s just say that I am on the edge of my seat…

[TomKat]

A tarot reader from Atlanta who goes by 3 hoodoo sisters on youtube is pretty good. She predicts a recession in the US this summer, going from the current job surplus to an absence of jobs.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sdrNCsq0blQ

[TomKat]

Vedic astrologer Joni Patry says early April will bring a huge economic disruption when Mars and Saturn conjunct. It will be a huge crash and people will think the markets are never coming back.Which means a good time to invest, because it will eventually turn around.

https://youtu.be/23nwNQQFxw8

[Bill Ryan]

A purely personal prediction. Not based on anything here that many reading this wouldn't be able to see and consider. I'd give all the following a good 50-60%.

In the November 2022 mid-term elections in the US (if they actually take place!), the Republicans will sweep the Senate and the House. One of the first things they'll do is seek to remove Biden via the 25th Amendment, arguing with overwhelming persuasion that he's not cognitively fit for office.

Before that process concludes, Biden will resign, and will be allowed to make a dignified and well-rehearsed speech.

At that point something akin to a crisis would ensue. Kamala Harris would automatically become President, but only for a short while before she resigns herself — already having appointed a new Deputy President. (Hillary??) Then that new Deputy would become President, with another Deputy appointed in place.

All those Musical Chairs would be quite legitimate, and Speaker Pelosi wouldn't be involved at all. As best I can see, this could actually happen.

[Mari]

A purely personal prediction. Not based on anything here that many reading this wouldn't be able to see and consider. I'd give all the following a good 50-60%.

In the November 2022 mid-term elections in the US (if they actually take place!), the Republicans will sweep the Senate and the House. One of the first things they'll do is seek to remove Biden via the 25th Amendment, arguing with overwhelming persuasion that he's not cognitively fit for office.

Before that process concludes, Biden will resign, and will be allowed to make a dignified and well-rehearsed speech.

At that point something akin to a crisis would ensue. Kamala Harris would automatically become President, but only for a short while before she resigns herself — already having appointed a new Deputy President. (Hillary??) Then that new Deputy would become President, with another Deputy appointed in place.

All those Musical Chairs would be quite legitimate, and Speaker Pelosi wouldn't be involved at all. As best I can see, this could actually happen.



Bill, does Trump fit in anywhere here? The talk among some is that he'll make a comeback of sorts, but do you think this is hopium? Like him or loathe him, I would love the truth about the voter fraud itself, to be blown right out into the open.

[Bill Ryan]

A purely personal prediction. Not based on anything here that many reading this wouldn't be able to see and consider. I'd give all the following a good 50-60%.

In the November 2022 mid-term elections in the US (if they actually take place!), the Republicans will sweep the Senate and the House. One of the first things they'll do is seek to remove Biden via the 25th Amendment, arguing with overwhelming persuasion that he's not cognitively fit for office.

Before that process concludes, Biden will resign, and will be allowed to make a dignified and well-rehearsed speech.

At that point something akin to a crisis would ensue. Kamala Harris would automatically become President, but only for a short while before she resigns herself — already having appointed a new Deputy President. (Hillary??) Then that new Deputy would become President, with another Deputy appointed in place.

All those Musical Chairs would be quite legitimate, and Speaker Pelosi wouldn't be involved at all. As best I can see, this could actually happen.

Bill, does Trump fit in anywhere here? The talk among some is that he'll make a comeback of sorts, but do you think this is hopium? Like him or loathe him, I would love the truth about the voter fraud itself, to be blown right out into the open.No idea! :)

(But see this new thread: US Devolution. Is it a real thing? (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?117895-US-Devolution.-Is-it-a-real-thing))

[RunningDeer]

David Wilcock will write yet another book predicting things that already happened while pretending he got the predictions from a diary he wrote years before they actually happened (while refusing to show anyone the alleged diary). It will be titled "Cha Ching! Thanks For The Cash You Idiots", and his supporters will make it a best seller.

Later in the year he'll monetize his catch phrase by selling t-shirts that say "just say some sh!t" on them.
For those that may have missed it... here's a 30 second clip.


https://i.imgur.com/WoeaRvq.jpg


“Say Some Sh!t” (30 seconds)
cS4LjTigbZc

[Kryztian]

In the November 2022 mid-term elections in the US (if they actually take place!), the Republicans will sweep the Senate and the House. One of the first things they'll do is seek to remove Biden via the 25th Amendment, arguing with overwhelming persuasion that he's not cognitively fit for office.


A Republican victory could trigger the impeachment of the President (under Article I, Section 3 of the U.S. Constitution (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_One_of_the_United_States_Constitution#Section_3:_Senate)) but it would not be related to the process under the 25th Amendment (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Twenty-fifth_Amendment_to_the_United_States_Constitution). For the 25th amendent to work, a majority (8 of 15) of the "principal officers of the executive departments" ("Cabinet Members" including Secretary of State, Sec. of the Treasury, etc.) must vote to remove Biden, then Harris would become president. Those are all persons appointed by the Biden administration and are almost all Democrats.

With impeachment, it takes 2/3rd of the Senate to remove the president. Right now the Senate is equally divided between Democrats and Republicans (if you count the two Independents that caucus with the Democrats). Since only 1/3rd of the Senate seats will change in the next election, even if there is a Republican landslide, I doubt that more than 2 or 3 seats would change to Republican.

I can see a Biden resignation happening, but it will be "voluntary". It will probably be a highly scripted event that sets up Harris to "save" us from one of Biden's "mistakes." Whatever the outcome, it will be presented one way on Fox News and another on CNN so that Americans will not agree what happens and the blamefest can go back into full gear. Perhaps that scripted event might involve the 25th Amendment.

[TomKat]

A purely personal prediction. Not based on anything here that many reading this wouldn't be able to see and consider. I'd give all the following a good 50-60%.

In the November 2022 mid-term elections in the US (if they actually take place!), the Republicans will sweep the Senate and the House. One of the first things they'll do is seek to remove Biden via the 25th Amendment, arguing with overwhelming persuasion that he's not cognitively fit for office.

Before that process concludes, Biden will resign, and will be allowed to make a dignified and well-rehearsed speech.

At that point something akin to a crisis would ensue. Kamala Harris would automatically become President, but only for a short while before she resigns herself — already having appointed a new Deputy President. (Hillary??) Then that new Deputy would become President, with another Deputy appointed in place.

All those Musical Chairs would be quite legitimate, and Speaker Pelosi wouldn't be involved at all. As best I can see, this could actually happen.

Bill, does Trump fit in anywhere here? The talk among some is that he'll make a comeback of sorts, but do you think this is hopium? Like him or loathe him, I would love the truth about the voter fraud itself, to be blown right out into the open.No idea! :)

(But see this new thread: US Devolution. Is it a real thing? (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?117895-US-Devolution.-Is-it-a-real-thing))

Trump is a wild card, nobody knows where his loyalty lies. He worked harder than any candidate in history to lose the 2020 election. For whatever reason, Trump will not have any impact on anything substantial.

[Donald Ryan]

God Bless Canada! My wife is Canadian-born from Windsor. Best flag design and best national anthem. Cheers!!

[Donald Ryan]

All very fascinating, especially watching it from inside the loony bin. Most days I really relate to Alice. . .

[Eva2]

Prediction from the serious astrolofist.
By 02/20/22/222 there will still be an attempt to introduce new measures, due to an allegedly fashionable illness. I do not exclude that in order to create such a precedent, some dishonest methods may be used, in which really people can feel sickness.
8-10.03.22 the struggle will continue, but the movement will face difficulties, attempts to give it a tough fight. And by 12.03.22 it is very important not to give up your intentions, not to buy into offers that in return require you to stop the movement. Otherwise it could be bought off as an idea. This date is very important. I don't rule out that an important segment of power will be leaving at this time. Everything about Trudeau, all decisions about him and probably his departure and not just departure, but the revelation of his true face, could come in March and especially late April.
By 04/24/22 there may be some kind of peace agreement. But that will not be all! The global revolution in Canada begins by 05/22/222. This is a very difficult time for Canada! And by 01.07.22 there may be the first signs of a complete collapse of the system, including the financial system, and by October 18.10.22 the final part of this collapse. Here the Zuben El Shamali star is at work in both cases. It speaks of conviction, imprisonment, disgrace, ruin. The November lunar eclipse will manifest a total upheaval in this country.
Trudeau was already clear on the close of 07.01.22 that the ending of his theme along with the star Mirfaq indicates that he will lose everything, he has already lost everything. And it has something to do with his actions around 11/19/21.
FREEDOM CONVOY.
Beginning in the twenties of February and by mid-March, the Freedom Convoy will spread to other countries. This movement will unite many and create a new direction, like its own state.
By 3/20/22, there may be provocative actions, an informational throw-in that certainly would not be worth responding to. It will be a special attempt to confuse people. By the end of March, there could still be many different events. But the most important times for the Freedom Convoy will come around 4/27/22. This I would like to emphasize especially. Because this is the point in time where most of the fighting takes place. And this is the point at which a situation of disunity within this movement can happen. It's dangerous. And this is the moment when no mistakes should ever be made. This is the time of a major turning point in historical events and those events will depend on what happens to this movement. After all, it is destined to become the sword of Damocles that punishes all those who wanted to build a new virtual reality without a human face. And that will become clear by 04/27/222. But at that time, the movement itself may be in a very difficult position. The most combative situation will be by 04/30/22.22. This is the day of the solar eclipse and decisions here will be fatal for all, there will be no turning back. Victory by 25.05.22. Apparently, the hands of this movement will be the world revolution. And May will be decisive in many ways, almost worldwide. May will not be easy. But it will be that sacramental moment in time, which will be the hand of the higher forces. They set the precedent in December 20, 2021, and the hand of this battle was called to be that Convoy of Freedom.
In general, this all reminds me of a kind of world disease of civilizational proportions, which will not immediately heal, but will do so during 2022. The first signs of full readiness to engage in this process will begin in May, but it will not be solved in one go. It will not be until the fall, at the cost of much effort and resistance from those who have decided to arrange a new world order, but with signs of dehumanization, that it will come to an end, as it has lasted since the beginning of 2020.
And Canada needs to be prepared for the whole plot of realignment and struggle to take until the spring of 2023.

[Metaphor]

Inspiring prophecy. Do you have the source, or is this your own work?

[Eva2]

Inspiring prophecy. Do you have the source, or is this your own work?

I copied this from a poster and I don't know where/who she got this from - maybe if someone did a search of the text, they could find it??

[RunningDeer]

I copied this from a poster and I don't know where/who she got this from - maybe if someone did a search of the text, they could find it??

I used a couple of browsers and search engines, but I wasn't able to find it. http://paula.avalonlibrary.net/smilies/noidea.gif

[onawah]

I would love to know who this astrologer is.
My spirit guides informed me recently that this March, April and May are going to be historically critical times.


Prediction from the serious astrolofist.
By the end of March, there could still be many different events. But the most important times for the Freedom Convoy will come around 4/27/22. This I would like to emphasize especially. Because this is the point in time where most of the fighting takes place. And this is the point at which a situation of disunity within this movement can happen. It's dangerous. And this is the moment when no mistakes should ever be made. This is the time of a major turning point in historical events and those events will depend on what happens to this movement. After all, it is destined to become the sword of Damocles that punishes all those who wanted to build a new virtual reality without a human face. And that will become clear by 04/27/222. But at that time, the movement itself may be in a very difficult position. The most combative situation will be by 04/30/22.22. This is the day of the solar eclipse and decisions here will be fatal for all, there will be no turning back. Victory by 25.05.22. Apparently, the hands of this movement will be the world revolution. And May will be decisive in many ways, almost worldwide. May will not be easy. But it will be that sacramental moment in time, which will be the hand of the higher forces. They set the precedent in December 20, 2021, and the hand of this battle was called to be that Convoy of Freedom.
In general, this all reminds me of a kind of world disease of civilizational proportions, which will not immediately heal, but will do so during 2022. The first signs of full readiness to engage in this process will begin in May, but it will not be solved in one go. It will not be until the fall, at the cost of much effort and resistance from those who have decided to arrange a new world order, but with signs of dehumanization, that it will come to an end, as it has lasted since the beginning of 2020.
And Canada needs to be prepared for the whole plot of realignment and struggle to take until the spring of 2023.

[Eva2]

I would love to know who this astrologer is.
My spirit guides informed me recently that this March, April and May are going to be historically critical times.


Prediction from the serious astrolofist.
By the end of March, there could still be many different events. But the most important times for the Freedom Convoy will come around 4/27/22. This I would like to emphasize especially. Because this is the point in time where most of the fighting takes place. And this is the point at which a situation of disunity within this movement can happen. It's dangerous. And this is the moment when no mistakes should ever be made. This is the time of a major turning point in historical events and those events will depend on what happens to this movement. After all, it is destined to become the sword of Damocles that punishes all those who wanted to build a new virtual reality without a human face. And that will become clear by 04/27/222. But at that time, the movement itself may be in a very difficult position. The most combative situation will be by 04/30/22.22. This is the day of the solar eclipse and decisions here will be fatal for all, there will be no turning back. Victory by 25.05.22. Apparently, the hands of this movement will be the world revolution. And May will be decisive in many ways, almost worldwide. May will not be easy. But it will be that sacramental moment in time, which will be the hand of the higher forces. They set the precedent in December 20, 2021, and the hand of this battle was called to be that Convoy of Freedom.
In general, this all reminds me of a kind of world disease of civilizational proportions, which will not immediately heal, but will do so during 2022. The first signs of full readiness to engage in this process will begin in May, but it will not be solved in one go. It will not be until the fall, at the cost of much effort and resistance from those who have decided to arrange a new world order, but with signs of dehumanization, that it will come to an end, as it has lasted since the beginning of 2020.
And Canada needs to be prepared for the whole plot of realignment and struggle to take until the spring of 2023.

I'm trying to remember where I got that - I think it was a poster from a group on FB - If I bump into it again, I'll certainly put it here. Based on the star (system/s) they quote - Zuben El Shamali star and Mirfaq star, it doesn't sound like standard western astrology - perhaps Middle Eastern/Asian astrology.

[RunningDeer]

RE: February 19, 2022


"We won’t be able to see the end from the beginning. We are speaking of decades, or centuries. It is not now knowable. The 19th of February starts us off. Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity."

Clif High Newsletter @ clifhigh.substack.com (https://clifhigh.substack.com/p/comutare?utm_source=url)

Comutare

Mutual alteration dynamics

https://cdn.substack.com/image/fetch/w_90,h_90,c_fill,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fbucketeer-e05bbc84-baa3-437e-9518-adb32be77984.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F92b45c95-8fbb-40bf-935f-2ee600cf5ac3_144x144.png
(https://substack.com/profile/293159-clif-high)
clif high (https://substack.com/profile/293159-clif-high)

15 hrs. ago


The 19th of February starts us off on a rising ‘intensity’ value forecast in my emotional reduction engine algorithms. This forecast metric is at the top of the range of intensity attribute values as they have been expressing. This ‘intensity’ attribute is what you feel as you absorb events in terms of your emotions and bodily expressions. The ‘intensity’ attribute has, within its defining set, such words as ‘excitement’, ‘quivering (with anticipation)’, ‘pounding (of blood (in temples))’, and many others of a similar nature.

All emotional attributes have one or more body locations, and or processes, as corelates, or center of perceptions, that seems to localize within the body, those effects that in sum define the attribute. As an example, we have all felt the ‘gut’ impacts of fear. There are others, such as profuse sweating, dilation of pupils, and more, but fear, as an emotion, has a ‘center’ within the abdomen in humans. All of these perceived locations by physical perception are entirely due to the many tendrils linking all the major organs, and the glands in the body, and cranium, through the vagus nervous system.

The 19th of February starts us off on a rising ‘intensity’ value forecast in my emotional reduction engine algorithms. This bears repeating as the ‘intensity’ values will be dominating collective human thinking for a number of years. The primary aspect modifier around which the intensity values are clustering, is “transformation”.

This set of “transformation” is defined by both aspects of the process, that is, mutare/mutation (or alteration of self by an outside process), as well as comutare/mutual alteration, in which the outside process is itself altered by the transformation. Then, transformed, the process reinitiates, and repeats.

The 19th of February starts us off on a rising ‘intensity’ value forecast in my emotional reduction engine algorithms. The numeric values and their growth patterns are suggesting this process of intense transformation will be neither short, nor shallow, and though intense, it will also be deeply churning of Humanity at our collective core. The forecast is made from a collection of infinitive forms of dynamic verbs associated with the descriptor set for ‘transformation’. This growing collection of infinitives suggests the process will not be predictable in its duration.

We won’t be able to see the end from the beginning. We are speaking of decades, or centuries. It is not now knowable.

The 19th of February starts us off.

Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity.

[onawah]

It may not be entirely unknowable, as there have been psychics in the past who foresaw the future, such as Edgar Cayce, St. John the Divine, Nostradamus, visionaries from indigenous tribes, etc.
It's just a question of accessing their visions, and in many cases, accurately interpreting them so we can understand what they mean.
This definitely seems to be true, in no uncertain terms : "Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity."
Especially with the Magnetic Pole Reversal in progress...




We won’t be able to see the end from the beginning. We are speaking of decades, or centuries. It is not now knowable.

The 19th of February starts us off.

Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity.[/INDENT][/INDENT][/INDENT]

[Lunesoleil]

Intuitively, I would say that we are in the last bend of the decreasing square between Saturn and Uranus, we should see an improvement, this is the principle of the last square of the series of three.
Currently Mars and Venus are in conjunction until the first week of March. I say conjunction, that is to say at zero degrees, because obviously the conjunction will last until April.
Large companies have doubled, tripled their turnover, normal this conjunction in Capricorn concerns employers, big bosses, politicians with their conflicts of interest with private companies.

P2Ve1uHv9eg

There are cases of corruption in France in progress, do not know if we will manage to condemn all these corrupt politicians... The videos are in French, but you have the possibility of translation from the language of your country.

It's broadcast on an alternative channel, you won't see on the official media

jf6UBcPKlMM

Another video, in the same genre and with the same political figures, the same on an alternative channel. Use the translator, it's heavy

The good news with the retrograde phase of Mars in Gemini in the fall of 2022, it's going to clear up, the big cleaning for some and for others hang your belt...

[Merkaba360]

RE: February 19, 2022


"We won’t be able to see the end from the beginning. We are speaking of decades, or centuries. It is not now knowable. The 19th of February starts us off. Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity."


15 hrs. ago[INDENT][INDENT][INDENT]The 19th of February starts us off on a rising ‘intensity’ value forecast in my emotional reduction engine algorithms. This forecast metric is at the top of the range of intensity attribute values as they have been expressing. This ‘intensity’ attribute is what you feel as you absorb events in terms of your emotions and bodily expressions. The ‘intensity’ attribute has, within its defining set, such words as ‘excitement’, ‘quivering (with anticipation)’, ‘pounding (of blood (in temples))’, and many others of a similar nature.


This set of “transformation” is defined by both aspects of the process, that is, mutare/mutation (or alteration of self by an outside process), as well as comutare/mutual alteration, in which the outside process is itself altered by the transformation. Then, transformed, the process reinitiates, and repeats.


Nothing will escape this transformation of Humanity.



Loads of people are talking about this energy event starting around 2/20/22 or 2/22/22.
Mattias De Stefano did like a world tour for i think a year to work with the planetary grid to prepare for this event. Last year he said he was a bit nervous cuz he had to get it done before the current date, which I believe he did.

If you haven't seen him, he is the real deal. Absolutely impressive knowledge/rememberance from that guy. I have a lot of confidence in his words, so I will take this energy change more seriously....as we here these supposed energy dates often.

Mattias doesn't really make predictions, but he gives clues on the future due to the process. He says that he remembers his life 12000 years ago during that shift which directly correlates to this time period, the Aquarian Revelation/revealing.

It was really nice to hear him say that we have about 200 years left to complete this shift and reactivate our memory to get out of the night-time and shed light on everything like the rising dawn. Because, I really want to know about this future roadmap/timeline. Of course, it makes me a bit sad as I'd like to see it play out this lifetime as I really think its likely he knows this information.

Although, I think we still get to see massive good changes this century as the complete re-memberance is quite a huge change in perception and I imagine there are many steps of small 'enlightenments' from now until then.

So, if you havent seen him on you tube, I highly recommend as he will give more clues as things unfold im sure. His Video at Maui was really good and interview by Marcus Aubrey.

Anyway, I would love to hear more about what to expect for this Feb. 20 and beyond. Whether from some of you intuitives or info u can post from others. It will be interesting to see this supposed critical time for humanity around April/may or this year. I'm so ready. I hope it isnt just a thing where we have to stick a fork in the globalists plans. But that the fire being lit in humans now, not only stops their current plan, but implements a bit of our own innovation to make life a bit better on earth for all.

[RunningDeer]

Loads of people are talking about this energy event starting around 2/20/22 or 2/22/22.
Mattias De Stefano did like a world tour for i think a year to work with the planetary grid to prepare for this event. Last year he said he was a bit nervous cuz he had to get it done before the current date, which I believe he did.

If you haven't seen him, he is the real deal. Absolutely impressive knowledge/rememberance from that guy. I have a lot of confidence in his words, so I will take this energy change more seriously....as we here these supposed energy dates often.

Mattias doesn't really make predictions, but he gives clues on the future due to the process. He says that he remembers his life 12000 years ago during that shift which directly correlates to this time period, the Aquarian Revelation/revealing.

It was really nice to hear him say that we have about 200 years left to complete this shift and reactivate our memory to get out of the night-time and shed light on everything like the rising dawn. Because, I really want to know about this future roadmap/timeline. Of course, it makes me a bit sad as I'd like to see it play out this lifetime as I really think its likely he knows this information.

Although, I think we still get to see massive good changes this century as the complete re-memberance is quite a huge change in perception and I imagine there are many steps of small 'enlightenments' from now until then.

So, if you havent seen him on you tube, I highly recommend as he will give more clues as things unfold im sure. His Video at Maui was really good and interview by Marcus Aubrey.

Anyway, I would love to hear more about what to expect for this Feb. 20 and beyond. Whether from some of you intuitives or info u can post from others. It will be interesting to see this supposed critical time for humanity around April/may or this year. I'm so ready. I hope it isnt just a thing where we have to stick a fork in the globalists plans. But that the fire being lit in humans now, not only stops their current plan, but implements a bit of our own innovation to make life a bit better on earth for all.
Merkaba360, I wasn’t able to find the Maui interview with Matías De Stefano and Aubrey Marcus or his Youtube channel. Here are a few Matias De Stefano Youtube (https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Mattias+De+Stefano+and++Marcus+Aubrey+at+Maui Mattias De Stefano and Marcus Aubrey at Maui) vids and one added below.


How To Become The Creator Of The Life You Desire
W/ Matías De Stefano | Aubrey Marcus Podcast (1:30:00)
c4VGgiQNE8A

[RunningDeer]

OLITHICS: (OBE) OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCE -
THE SPLIT INTO THE NEW EARTH (12 min)





“I feel what’s going to happen between this attachment realm and going to a place that’s absolutely free where your soul can experience anything it wants to, people will do it in two ways. They will do it when they are sleeping. They’ll wake up, but when they wake up they literally go through that out of body experience and not be able to return back to the body. What they walk forward into is that absolute abundance and the shift into the new reality.

Another way is one day you are walking, and in a twinkle of an eye while doing whatever brings you joy, all of a sudden you feel that you’ve shifted somewhere else. It’s like in West World where they’re running on this path and through this portal, their physical body dies, but they’re on the other side and completely free.”






Olithics.com (https://olithics.com)
Rumble (https://rumble.com/c/c-1234374)
Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/nbXhU5nZ36Uu/)
Telegram (https://t.me/s/olithics)
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/n6QZO4Cow8lz/)


n6QZO4Cow8lz

[RunningDeer]

"I’m getting a glimpse of what it’s going to be like for every one of us."

The Tall Ones
https://i.imgur.com/AmDpDWn.jpg

OLITHICS: (OBE) Out Of Body Experience Message From
A Being Saying "It's Time” (12 min)




January 14, 2022

Olithics.com (https://olithics.com)
Rumble (https://rumble.com/c/c-1234374)
Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/nbXhU5nZ36Uu/)
Telegram (https://t.me/s/olithics)
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/n6QZO4Cow8lz/)
source (https://rumble.com/embed/vpxxq2/?pub=tum9b)


vpxxq2

[wondering]

Very cool videos, Paula. It has been on my mind a lot lately how this is going to go...where the apparent separation between those I love, who won't even discuss the agenda of the shots, for example, and those of us who see this as a spiritual awakening and are filled with curiosity about what's going to happen next. I don't think I'm going to die soon, (could be wrong) but as if I'm going to be in a place of joy, ability to heal, peace, etc. I don't see how this coincides with the increasing craziness of the world. I live about 20 miles from Canada, so this whole scenario is heightened for me as I follow the chaos. Many more questions than answers, but a deep wondering how we are going to move through this. It's encouraging to hear from someone who sees concrete ways before us. Words around this issue just fail me, but I loved the videos. ✌️😘

[RunningDeer]

Someone asked:




What do you make of the likelihood that we may cross over into 5D in our sleep or “in the twinkling of an eye”? Do you think this may become commonplace or a relatively rare occurrence?

Some say we’re already in sleep. The mission is to wake up. I believe we leave in a blink of an eye. We continue on our journeys as Co-Creators. Some may need a respite after the 3D experience. I envision a time of celebration and an opportunity for a bird’s-eye view without the emotional colors to appreciate the wisdom accrued.

The opportunity to wake from the dream is here for everyone. There’s a greater opportunity now because so much has changed and is changing. It helps to dial up the frequency. Purge whatever holds one captive in the reality that’s crumbling around us. Rid the default programs in the operating system. Upgrade the story. Inner-self/soul teams up with the higher consciousness(es).

I envision myself fully awake crossing over. There’s tears of joy and laughter of how could I have given so much energy to the insignificant travails? I see some of it now even from this Earth bird’s-eye view.

♡

[Eva2]

Kanenhariyo Seth LeFort Mohawk Onkwawenna Kentyokwa

A prophecy from a Mohawk War Chief, followed by idea for structuring a new kind of govt

https://rumble.com/vvnxno-kanenhariyo-seth-lefort-mohawk-onkwawenna-kentyokwa.html
vt1rlg

[onawah]

PLUTO’S RETURN AND THE REBIRTH OF INDIVIDUAL FREEDOM
February 22, 2022
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/plutos-return-and-the-rebirth-of-individual-freedom/

"The latest from Greg Reese is about United States’ first Pluto’s Return which just began on the auspicious day of 2/22/2022.

TRANSCRIPT

However you may feel about astrology, it was the original science from which all other sciences were born.

And although today’s pop culture paints it as pseudoscience, occult traditions see it as sacred knowledge.

While it is a great mystery, it is as predictable as mathematics and experiential for everyone.

And today, astrologically-speaking is a very interesting day for American and individual freedom worldwide.

Today is 2/22/2022, the first time Pluto is conjunct to the United States since July 4, 1776, a 248-year event known as “Pluto’s Return”.

Every time a planet returns to the same degree it was in relation to your location of birth, you experience a return.

Many of us can personally understand the idea of Saturn’s Return. It takes Saturn about 29 years to orbit the Sun, so it happens roughly around your 29th birthday.

Because Saturn symbolizes severity and discipline, this time is known as an era of learning through harsh reality for those who haven’t already mastered self-discipline.

Pluto symbolizes destruction and re-birth and so Pluto’s return, which lasts about two years is considered to be a time of destruction and re-birth.

During the Roman Empire’s first Pluto’s Return, the Severan Dynasty collapsed, a time known as the Crisis of the 3rd Century.

And their second Pluto Return took place ten years before the Fall of the Roman Empire.

And now, America’s first Pluto’s Return on 2/22/2022.

2 x 2 x 2 x 222 = 1776!

It begins on a Tuesday an it lasts two years [through 2024].

Perhaps you dismiss all this as “pseudoscience”, “woo woo” but it is important to know that the occultists who sway the governments of the world do not. They take this sort of thing very seriously, which could explain why they seem to be in such a frantic hurry.

More than America, July 4th, 1776 symbolizes individual freedom and so, astrologically-speaking, the next two years will mark either the destruction or rebirth of individual freedoms that were born in 1776."


vsz9xq/?pub=ijro7

[lunaflare]

It helps to dial up the frequency.
Yes
More and more this is my chosen reality.
Actively inviting this consciousness, I dial down fear and uncertainty.
I dial down the need to know or predict an outcome (yeah, I get this is a predictions thread).
Dialing up the frequency is becoming an ordinary superpower.
Many of us humans seem to fear this inner divine light.
Accepting full responsiblity for our own creations is a mighty lesson

[onawah]

Edgar Cayce, Medjugorje and Fátima: All Prophesied that Russia Will Save Humanity During the End Times
2/28/22
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/edgar-cayce-medjugorje-and-fatima-all-prophesied-that-russia-will-save-humanity-during-the-end-times/

GLy0yvWYpsk
"Very few people in the US know what is actually happening in Ukraine right now – and the Fake News is definitely not the place to find out.

What is certain is that many early reports, including photos and video from the scene have turned out to be PSYOPs, such as Russian tanks running over motorists, the bombings of residential buildings and the “Ghost of Kyiv”, that have turned out to be fake. Illinois Rep. Adam Kinzinger has shared no less than three such fake stories on Twitter.

I’ve seen reports that Russian forces vaporized both the Ukrainian air force and the navy within the first hour, I’ve seen video of a truly massive explosion from a weapons depot that was bombed in Cherkasy and a video from an American living in Kyiv, saying that the Russians had not turned off telephony, electricity or water; that the utilities were all working in the capital city.

The main targets appear to be Ukrainian military bases and several biolabs run by the US Department of Defense – up to thirteen of them spread out all over Ukraine. All of these have been bombed.

The Hopium crowd believes Putin is liberating the world from the Deep State, by destroying their bioweapons labs and their money-laundering headquarters – and I’d love for them to be right.

Happily, there is some serious prophecy horsepower to support this Hopium. If Russia ends up saving the world, it would be a fulfillment not only of Edgar Cayce’s prophecies but those of the famous Marian apparitions in both Fátima, Portugal in 1917 and in Medjugorje, Bosnia and Herzegovina in 1981.

The late Father Malachi Martin claims to have read the 3rd secret of Fátima. Without disclosing its full contents, which he had sworn to keep secret, he told radio host, Art Bell in the 1990s that the prophecy essentially said Russia would commit the error of Communism, then heal itself of this scourge and proceed to lead the way for the rest of the world:

“Salvation for the world, the cure for the world ills, will start in the Ukraine and in Russia, and that was why the Virgin in the Fatima vision of 1917 was supposed to have spoken actively about Russia and that Russia first of all has to be cured of her errors and then she will help the entire world to get better and to cure itself of its sins.”

In October of 1981, Our Lady of Medjugorje revealed her “Russia Prophecy” to six young children. She said “Russia will come to glorify God the most, the West will make civilization progress but without God and will act like their own creator,” as recorded by Marian expert, Father René Laurentin.

The Medjugorje apparitions had begun shortly after the first assassination attempt against Pope John Paul II and he said of them, “Medjugorje is a continuation, an extension of Fátima. Our Lady is appearing in Communist countries primarily because of problems that originate in Russia.”

At Fátima in 1917, the apparition had ordered the Consecration of Russia to the Immaculate Heart of Mary, which Pope John Paul II took very seriously after his nearly fatal shooting and which he completed on March 24, 1984. This was swiftly followed by the collapse of atheist communism, the fall of the Berlin Wall and the end of the Soviet Union on Christmas day 1991.

In 1944, Edgar Cayce prophesied that Russia would help prevent the destruction of mankind. He foresaw a future world financial crisis, and he pointed to Russia as being the “thorn in the side” of the financial powers that were organizing themselves against the good of humanity, describing Russia’s role as being the “hope of the world”:

“In Russia there comes the hope of the world, not as that sometimes termed of the communistic, or Bolshevik, no; but freedom, freedom! That each man will live for his fellow man! The principle has been born. It will take years for it to be crystallized, but out of Russia comes again the hope of the world.

“Guided by what? That friendship with the nation that hath even set on its present monetary unit ‘In God We Trust.'”

It would be wonderful if that’s what’s happening over there but if nothing else, it looks like Vladimir Putin has cured COVID. New York State will be lifting the mask mandate on schools and New York City will soon follow."

[ExomatrixTV]

America's Post-Election 2024 Aftermath TRAILER:

1XOoo98HFSQ

[RunningDeer]

@ 14 minutes: I came from the future. I came from the Aquarian Age. Not now. I was born as a baby on Earth… The year was 2,100 and something. Everything is good there. You have to understand, I’ve been sent back here to give you this information so you won’t be afraid…



March will be the most powerful and energetic month in 2022.
Gali Lucy shares what she see in the UK, Canada, New Zealand, Australia, Ukraine and more. There’s a lot of information that’s wow-wow.
Note: I’m only 14 minutes into the video.



GALI LUCY: PREDICTIONS FROM 1ST MARCH 2022 (1:12:00)

The Mark Attwood Show Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/4tLO4FDtgyFY/)
TheMarkAttwoodShow.com (https://theMarkAttwoodShow.com)
Gail Lucy YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCxRLL_zVPbouH9ITThGSYaw/videos)
Gali Lucy - I AM YOU here (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=33EIs7SLuic)
source (https://www.bitchute.com/video/lKcAUDCQUpBl/)




“…We are separating from the Pisces Age of the powerful ruling corrupted men and entering the healing spiritual Aquarius Age, by global chaos that will cleanse the world from corruption, human evil, save abducted children, stop pedophilia and human trafficking, blowing up tunnels all over the world, military trials, death sentences for corrupt people from 3/2019 until 6/2022.

A pleasant year will start in 2023.

And in 2025 the year of light enters = world peace will begin from the Middle East worldwide. Also, encounters with different life forms/aliens will take place until 2026. It's Going to be amazing.

Gali Lucy



About Me:

An architecture engineer, a Psychic - Medium who communicates with The Creation's Entities since the age of six.

I channel through my brain without any additional tools & advise on a variety of topics to many people worldwide via the phone, by answering questions in a short and concise manner, using X-ray remote vision ability, in order to receive information on various topics such as: health status, description from afar, messages from the deceased, and more.
 
I'm the author of spiritual cards and books:
1. Divine Creation
2. The Future
3. The Aquarius Age


continued here (https://www.gali4u.com/gali-lucy)



lKcAUDCQUpBl

[Bill Ryan]

lKcAUDCQUpBlJust a friendly note here. :flower: (In my personal opinion, it might save some time for others, especially when there's so much news to catch up on and absorb every single day.)

I started to listen to this with some interest, raised my eyebrows to the ceiling when she said that Queen Elizabeth had already been executed (in 2018) but that her death would be announced soon, that Princess Diana had survived the car crash in 1997 and would return to be a UK public figure as a heroine to save the day...

...and then I stopped listening shortly before the hour mark when she said the Earth was flat.

[RunningDeer]

Just a friendly note here. :flower: (In my personal opinion, it might save some time for others, especially when there's so much news to catch up on and absorb every single day.)

I started to listen to this with some interest, raised my eyebrows to the ceiling when she said that Queen Elizabeth had already been executed (in 2018) but that her death would be announced soon, that Princess Diana had survived the car crash in 1997 and would return to be a UK public figure as a heroine to save the day...

...and then I stopped listening shortly before the hour mark when she said the Earth was flat.


I hadn’t listen to Gali Lucy’s video from a year or was it two years ago? But as reported, she was pretty accurate on many of the topics that are happening now. Which is the reason for listening all the way through.

I suspect I volunteered on the condition that I come in with a hopium gene. I liked that by 2029, we’ll see real effects of change. I’ll be 79. It didn’t feel old. I’ll have a lot of good years left because they’ll no longer tamper with air, water, soil, etc. There’s a real chance to live a quality life. I’d like the opportunity to experience love like we’ve never been able to experience here.

When I hit the part of the video on the flat earth, I thought, “Oh, boy. Lots will click off.” I’ve heard other content creators speak of how many of the elites, lizzies and such are gone. They’re replacement actors working for the “good guys”. Their job is to play-act long enough for the sleepers to wake.

Full disclosure: the hopium gene needs a tune-up. It’s been a bit wonky. Lots of static. http://paula.avalonlibrary.net/smilies/laugh-big-smile-teeth.gif

[wondering]

Sometimes I have to work to keep my hopium gene in balance...in part because I think "real reality" is beyond our greatest dreams, in the sense that we are very powerful beings, here to assist in the best possible ways at transformation of our world. Deep in my marrow I believe these things, so in a sense, anything IS possible. But, there is the density of the earth in terms of ability to change, the depth of evil that has been active for so long, our own reluctance to act sometimes, and these are the factors that can make something that seems too good to be true, BE too good to be true, at least in this moment. Thereby producing hopium! IMO 😁

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

I guess the trick to defeating hopium, when info like this comes along, is to adopt a position of immediate suspicion and doubt. Demand that they convince you, and strongly.

If their information aligns with what your already believe to be true, by all means proceed. If it's a bit off, stick a pin in it. If it totally misaligns, toss it out with the garbage where it belongs.

This (Gali Lucy) story should, almost at once, misalign. She says she's 'from the future' and has important information to share with you. From the get to, she's in one of three categories: A), a fantasist, B) a larper, or C) a shill. Usually it isn't A). Anyone that far gone would be in an institution. Probably not B) because larpers screwing around don't last long when they show their face. So this has to be C). A shill; a puppet show designed to distract, disinform, and confuse. A psyop.

-Note the mention of flat earth here is an obvious tell. The flat earth junk conspiracy is a psyop, and has been since day one. Which means this also is a psyop.

But all three equate to the same thing: a lie.

Yes, there is a theoretical D). A real time traveller. In the realm of all possibilities in the entire universe it counts as being possible - real time travel may exist in the future. But the chances are vanishingly remote that this will be the case here. For these reasons.

Imagine if you were a genuine, real, time traveller yourself, and you went back to 2010. You open a youtube account to tell the world what's in store for them. What would happen?

One of two things.


With the intention of changing time, you're endangering the timeline: you'd be setting up a paradox. I strongly suspect 'higher powers' exist to prevent that from happening - to prevent reality unravelling. So either your attempt will be blocked, or you'll create a new alternate timeline by your actions, which means your video will not even be seen (in our timeline).
Your youtube video will last less than one hour before being taken down. Then you'll have your door kicked in, before being blindfolded and thrown into the back of a van. When the blindfold is removed, you'll find yourself in a cell or an interrogation room at Area 51 or wherever. There, 'the powers that be' will proceed to dissect each and every piece of knowledge you posses, along with any technology. And that will probably be the rest of your life, and no one will ever know you exist.


So D) is pretty much out. There will never be a video on youtube, or an article on a blog, or a forum post, from a real time traveller. Which leads you back to A), B), and C), in which C) - a psyop - is the most likely truth 99% of the time.

Hopium of this kind is dangerous. It only tangles those critical 'alignments' that are necessary for discernment to take place. No amount of 'hope' will bring Diana back to life, or Elvis, or JFK, or JFK Jr for that matter. That's due to a very simple fact:

They're all dead.

[betoobig]

For me 2022 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year, all fully disclosed by 8/01/2022.... nothing less will do for me. Much love

[RunningDeer]

This Pollyanna, dreamer and manifester just reminded herself not to take things personally. She’ll quietly go on seeing incremental effects of change by 2029 (if not sooner). No longer will they tamper with air, water, soil, etc. There’s a real chance to live a long, quality life. And an opportunity to experience love like we’ve never been able to experience here.

♡

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

For me 2022 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year,

For me 2012 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2013 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2014 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2015 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2016 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2017 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2018 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2019 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2020 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2021 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year

https://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=47692&d=1634909990

(just poking fun) :)

[Ewan]

For me 2022 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year,

For me 2012 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2013 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2014 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2015 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2016 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2017 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2018 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2019 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2020 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2021 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year

https://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=47692&d=1634909990

(just poking fun) :)

Thankyou, I really laughed...

[Mike]

For me 2022 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year,

For me 2012 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2013 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2014 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2015 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2016 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2017 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2018 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2019 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2020 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year
For me 2021 is the begining, the planetary liberation .... the whole show goes down this year

https://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=47692&d=1634909990

(just poking fun) :)




I once became so exasperated with all the predictions (here and elsewhere) that I started a thread where all predictions, both big and small, could be reported and followed up upon.

It wasn't a success. No one reported anything, myself included. It would have been a tedious job.

But I would have loved to have followed thru and seen the results. I know they'd have been abysmal, but I'd really like to know just how abysmal:)

We can't predict for sh!t. No one can really. I've never seen any convincing evidence, anywhere, that even one person is truly gifted at this type of thing.

This thread is a fun exercise. I like predictions in that spirit. And I like and appreciate positivity and visualizing a prosperous and healthy future for all. All good things. The problems arrive when people begin to actually think they're real honest to God psychics. I've deep dived into the world of psychics, spent obscene amounts of money on them, and I've never found a single one that could predict anything. And these weren't your 1-800 variety. These were world renowned psychics, ones that read for famous celebrities and world leaders. I wasn't messing around. I had money back then, and I was willing to spend all of it in my quest for truth. And I found it.

I started another thread long ago, sort of parodying a trend we used to see here quite a bit. It was the "are you feeling what I'm feeling?" thread. The poster would typically list various symptoms they were experiencing, along with strange dreams, and various other things of that nature.

And they'd often conclude that "something will be happening soon." Can you feel that guys? Can you feel that static in the air? And inevitably large numbers of people would queue up to announce that they too were feeling "it" , whatever "it" was. No one ever specified what would happen exactly, or when, but would nonetheless profess solidarity with the original poster.

And then of course nothing would happen:)

My personal opinion is this: the world was once filled with gifted clairvoyants and psychics. But over time and thru various processes those abilities were drummed out of people. I think the people we consider the most psychic now are severely watered down versions of what might have been considered mediocre back then.

¤=[Post Update]=¤


This Pollyanna, dreamer and manifested just reminded herself not to take things personally. She’ll quietly go on seeing incremental effects of change by 2029 (if not sooner). No longer will they tamper with air, water, soil, etc. There’s a real chance to live a long, quality life. And an opportunity to experience love like we’ve never been able to experience here.

♡


Amen:heart:

[onawah]

Times change.
There seems to be a lot of interference from certain quarters now, including other-dimensional entities, when it comes to psychic and channeled info.
Though that was not always the case, it seems "they" (and they seem to be in league) really don't want the truth to be known at this time, in particular, and it's quite noticeable when you compare these times to the past.
(For example, compared to the accuracy of Edgar Cayce's and Rudolf Steiner's predictions .)
But there are other sources of information that can give us a reasonably clear picture of what to expect, if we can bring ourselves to listen, and to take a big bite of that looming Reality Sandwich.
See: An Antidote to Hopium
https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?107798-Geomagnetic-Reversals-and-Ice-Ages&p=1486357#post1486357


My personal opinion is this: the world was once filled with gifted clairvoyants and psychics. But over time and thru various processes those abilities were drummed out of people. I think the people we consider the most psychic now are severely watered down versions of what might have been considered mediocre back then.[COLOR="red"]

[NewEarthResearchInstitute]

Hello everyone,

I would like to share a list of predictions made by an "dream interpreter" in the Arab World which i think you will find interesting.

There is a tradition in the Arab world spanning about 1400 years where normal everyday people would share their "dreams" on a daily basis with individuals called "dream interpreters". The latter would aggregate what they would collect from people (sometimes in the thousands per day), distinguish what's personal to the dreamer and what's a collective trend that might be a window to knowing the future ahead of time.

One "dream interpreter" in particular has been sharing what he observed as trends since "January 2019" on his youtube chanel (in classical arabic). Most notably he saw and warned about a global lockdown and market crash related to a global outbreak of a virus: something that caught my attention. He has been publishing 100 predictions on January 1st of 2019, 2020, 2021 and now 2022. at the end of the year: these predictions are being reviewed to see what happened and didn't not happen. So far the track record is quite high. About 93% of them came true so far.

It seems that basing predictions on dreams of hundreds of people lead to very interesting and accurate results, as opposed to individual psychics here and there. The power of knowing is in the hand of the collective

Given the language barrier, i share with you here the 100 predictions of 2022 as shared on January 1st, 2022. Obviously, there is an emphasis on events in the arab world (, however about half of the predictions concern world affairs: the US, Europe and Asia. Some predictions are vague in their wordings, others are more specific.

Main themes:
* Natural disasters globally
* Going back to an era of war between nations (end of the era of proxy wars)
* Covert conspiracies targetting water resources and nuclear power plants/nuclear weapons. The goal is economic meltdown and population reduction.

Morocco predictions
1. The uncovering of a major archeological site.
2. People to flock more and more to church, mosques and temples dur to a major regional or global event.
3. War between Algeria and Morocco in the common borders between the two countries involving missile strikes, but the war wouldn't last very long
4. Increase in foreign investement in Morocco especially from the UK. Unprecedented economic and financial growth in the country.
5. The discovery of large reserve of natural gas in the country making it an exporter of this resource in the future.
6. National grief due to the death of an important personnality (the king maybe?)
7. More countries siding with Morocco on the recognition western sahara as Moroccan land (it is a factual prediction of what will happen and not a political statement of any sort).
8. Major earthquake in Morocco.
9. Major protest in Casablanca due to a regional or global event.
10. Major earthquake in the Atlantic and rise of sea level on the western (and northern?) coasts without major casualties.

Algeria predictions
11. Preparing for war between algeria and morocco heard and seen accross algerian TV channels. A call for drafting military reservists to prepare for war.
12. Europe to start relying on Algerian natural gas more than ever before then they give up on this reliance for some reason.
13. Division amongst the military establioshement and algerian public opinion about the war with Morocco. Protests and riots in major Algerian cities.
14. War in the deserts between Morocco and Algeria. A new "Sand War" after that of 1963.
15. Russian miltiary presence in North Africa especially in Algeria.
16. The first direct military strike from Algeria against Morocco will be on a Friday and the war will cease on a Friday as well.
17. Presdient Tebboune last algerian president. After him will ensue a distabalization of the nation and civil unrest.
18. Rising of prices and famine in Algeria.
19. Algeria to suffer from an unexpected military attack but it will not be from Morocco. (russia? western allies?)
20. Major earthquake hit Algeria as well.

Tunisia predictions
21. Tunisia and Mauritania to be of political support for Algeria in its war against Morocco in 2022.
22. Airplane crash in Tunisia.
23. Military coup against current Tunisian president.

Lybia predictions
24. Tsunami event on the northern coast of Libya
25. The end of Hafthar, and going back to the old regime (oro Kaddafi)

Sudan predictions
26. War in Sudan in the north of the country by the borders with Egypt.

Egypt predictions
27. Natural event or disaster in the city of Alexandria. French presence in the city as a result.
28. War between Israel and Egypt.
29. President Sissi will make efforts to stay in power. However his end will come in the most unexpected of ways.
30. Famine in Egypt.
31. The religious institution Al-Azhar to enter the political sphere and some of its religious leader encouraging the son of Hosni Mubarak (former president toppled down during the Arab Spring of 2011) to apply for presidency.
32. Media becoming more critical publically of Islam and encouraging for atheism and agnosticism in the country.

Saudi Arabia
33. N/A
34. Religious leader Addawsari facing a challenge and pressure to take side in a issue of political or religious nature.
35. Deaths in Mecca due to some event.
36. Unusual snow events in Saudi Arabia
37. Massive rainfall and major floods in Mecca.
38. The United States imposes sanctions on Saudi Arabia
39. Tornado or massive storm hits Saudi Arabia.
40. New king crowned in Saudi Arabia.
41. Major floods in the city of Jeddah

Koweit
42. Major electric grid failure
43. Major earthquake in Koweit
44. Passing away of major decision makers in Koweit

Syria
45. Syrian war coming to an end. Arab countries competing to win real-estate and rebuilding contracts in Syria.
46. Muhamad bin Salman (saudi crown prince, King in 2022) visits Syria in 2022.

Qatar
47. World Cup 2022 won't be organised in Qatar
48. Major tsunami hit Qatar along with major earth shifts. Emergency situation declared in the country. The nation could disappear from the map. Major geological event behind this major disaster. This is the reason for changing the location of the World Cup.

Iraq
49. The old regime (pro Saddam) back to the forefront calling for freeing the country from Iranian influence. The statue of Saddam Hussein back to one of the famous Iraqi squares

Palestine/Israel
50. War between Palestine and Israel like the usual ones. Israelis fleeing the country in mass exodus not due to war but due to a regional natural disaster.
51. Palestinian people close to freedom from the occupier. Large number of palestinians entering Jerusalem.

United Arab Emirates
52. Major earthquake hit the UAE
53. Unprecedented natural disasters facing the UAE in 2022

Lebanon
54. Surprise attack on Lebanon from Israel

Iran
55. The soon end of the islamic republic of iran regime will be clearer in 2022
56. Rising tensions between Saudi Arabia and Iran: could get into military war between the two nations

Jordan
57. Outrage in Jordan over information that the King of Jordan is in fact christian and not muslim

United States of America
58. Major earthquake hit the US
59. The statue of liberty to be the center of attention in global media for a reason or another
60. Joe Biden delivering a sad speech to the American People with the casting of flags everywhere in the nation
61. Joe Biden to face health issues and disscussions about who will replace him.
62. Major natural disasater to be face by one of the US states.
63. Joe Biden to face fierce attacks and criticism over violating human rights.
64. Large asteroid hits the USA in 2022 or early 2023
65. Kamila Harris first woman American president.
66. Tsunami to hit the east coast, especially New York city. Large global media coverage of the event.
67. Major event in Venezuela in connexion with the US and regime change in the US and Venezuala.

Asia, Australia, Europe
68. Unprecedented wild fires in Australia
69. Mumbai (India) facing a natural disaster
70. Regime change in India
71. Despite having the largest reserve of wheat in the world, China will suffer from widespread famine in 2022 due to an unexpected and shocking reason.
72. Earthquake hits the dead sea
73. Nuclear explosion in India due to a human mistake or a major earthquake hitting India.
74. Plane crash of one of the arab princes while on their way to Turkey
75. Unprecedeted floods in Turkey
76. Widespread violence in the streets of France
77. Floods and heavy snow in Europe, and news of unprecedented and major earth shifts and floods in the continent.

Miscellenous: Arab World
78. Electric power failure in one of the Maghreb countries (morocco, algeria or tunisia)
79. Chemtrail gas widespread over the skies of one of the arab countries
80. Death of a major global christian personnality in the land of Egypt.
81. If you see dead fish floating in the seas, that means that nuclear and non tests are being performed covertly in the sea depths.
82. War in the month of April happening between a number of countries
83. Three great superpowers enter/invade Saudi Arabia for a reason or another
84. Major corruption case exposed in Egypt.
85. Major event in either USA or Turkey (something major, nothing specific)
86. Major earthquake hit the medditereans sea
87. Conspiracy being cooked up and prepared between four countries: the US, Morocco, Egypt and Saudi Arabia. A coallition of some sort.

Miscellenous: World
88. Stock market crash everywehre in the world in 2022.
89. New scandal hit the catholic church and mass abdictions inside the catholic church
90. Detructive hail of the size of apple fruits being witnessed in many places in the world
91. Large dark smoke covering large parts of the earth
92. Cover of darkness covering large parts of the earth
93. The year 2022 will witness direct war between "nations" (the end of the era of proxy wars) and this is found in numerous dreams.
94. Global conspiracy to set-up a false flag nuclear war or nuclear accident.
95. A new wave of viruses starting in 2022: much more deadly than covid (biowarfare)
96. Global population to start reducing significantly starting end of 2022
97. Youtube facing a failure (technical issue)
98. Issue with international banking systems (technical issue)
99. Massive smoke coming out of the east
100. Major global event simular in magnitude to the covid crisis: conspiracy preparing to target global water resources and the start of a global water crisis due to "criminal" fresh water pollution: will be portrayed as an accident or fingers pointing to a patsy.

[mountain_jim]

^ scariest one - Kamala president.

(I kid, but only slightly - her as president is the total embodiment of Idiocracy come true in my view)

[Wind]

2012 wasn't the end, it was the beginning of the transition even though you could say that it started much earlier than that. 2022 is the middle point and is a very karmic year collectively, 2032 is the true beginning of a new age and I suspect that after that the old world will truly be gone. That is unless we have gone terribly astray, because it is always possible. That's the beauty and terror of life, we always have the possibility of messing up things too! The future is never set in stone and that's why no one can predict it as if they look at the "future" from the perspective of now they will only see the current potential, yet any choices we make after that can change those outcomes collectively too. Time isn't what we think it is, we only see things from the human perspective which is limited to put it mildly. There are only ancient prophecies which seem to be coming true. If I look at astrology then I see things going "sour" from now to maybe 2026 and God knows things have been sour for a good while now. Perhaps after that things will start to improve and once we get closer to the 2030's, but then again I'm not an astrologer, I am just someone who has been following astrology (https://www.aquariuspapers.com/astrology/2022/03/an-astrological-overview-of-march-2022.html) and other avenues too.

The purging which is happening will require a lot of upheavals and collective healing, a birthing process is always painful. Humanity has been too enslaved and dumbed down for far too long and now all of it is coming to the surface. There two major paths for humanity to choose from, the luciferian transhumanist path which is further descent into materialism and separation from the Creation or the path of wholeness, Christ-consciousness and unity of all beings. Unfortunately Earth is the battleground for the forces of light and darkness, or perhaps you could see this plane as a really tough school where all kinds of experiments are going on. What however is a fact that within the next centuries the Aqurian Age is starting and that always brings massive changes, which are spiritual ones in their very nature. I certainly do believe in the possibility of a New Earth which is a more positive and balanced one, but I am not quite sure yet how we will get to there.

If you think about it then ten years might seem a long time, but is it really? It's a relatively long time and during that time a lot can change, but even five years does pass quite fast actually. Time truly is relative. In the eternal present moment we can make all the choices which truly make a difference and hopefully for the better.

[onawah]

There are some good examples of Edgar Cayce's accuracy in predictions featured in the latest entry from Dark Journalist:
X-SERIES 121: ATLANTEAN DNA SECRET CAYCE VISIONS
YHoYRUUcNY4

Also posted here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102135-Dark-Journalist-Joseph-Farrell-UFO-X-Factor-Black-Budget-Secret-Space-Network&p=1486672&viewfull=1#post1486672

[syrwong]

One of the best recent prohets not well known in the west is a Malaysian Chinese called zheng Jianbo. Using IChing (and probably more) he predicted accurately covid in 2019 and some events that happened in 2020. He is praised as the best modern prophet. I think he got the locust plaque right. He predicts many catastrophes are going to happen in this year. It is a long list. Most are very bad. He did not say much on each in this short video, which is unfortunately not subtitled in English. I will just give the headings.

-BhR0UqDPTU

1. Covid ends this year.
2. Virtue warfare - between the decentralized cryptocurrencies and the centralized currencies. Extreme fluctuations for the cryptos.
3. Big scandals in the world of finance. Collapse of giant enterprises.
4. Hyperinflation
5. People poisoned by poison gas leak from a chemical factory.
6. Great explosion, particularly for a southern country.
7. Energy crises. Fights over energy.
8. Great terrorist attacks on western countries. Buiding on top of subway.
9. Sino-American cold war steps up.
10. Assasination of renown leader(s). Not saying who. (Putin?)
11. Wars esp. in the west.
12. Woman president/leader in a great country.
13. The Earth rebels. Tsunamis, earth quakes, volcanic eruptions of historic proportions. Large number of deaths.
14. Huge floods.
15. More abnormal weather phenomena.

I think he is also suggesting economic collapse later in the year. Very dire, but he gave an optimistic outlook for next year, partly because he explained, most catastrophic times end in three years.

[Donald Ryan]

No chance in hell can Kamala become President. Nothing personal, just don't think she can pull it off. But, then again, I said no chance in hell Trump could be President. The country I live in IS the rabbit hole. . .

[Donald Ryan]

Predicting a slow recovery of my sanity through this year with full recovery by 2023. Learning to step outside all the chaos and look at the bigger pictures. Many people contributing to Avalon are helping. I do believe we are headed for a tumultuous year with many major changes. I am hopeful that some of these changes will be for our betterment as a planet and people.
Best prediction of the year. . .my second great grandchild any day now. Yay!

[Mari]

One of the best recent prohets not well known in the west is a Malaysian Chinese called zheng Jianbo. Using IChing (and probably more) he predicted accurately covid in 2019 and some events that happened in 2020. He is praised as the best modern prophet. I think he got the locust plaque right. He predicts many catastrophes are going to happen in this year. It is a long list. Most are very bad. He did not say much on each in this short video, which is unfortunately not subtitled in English. I will just give the headings.

-BhR0UqDPTU

1. Covid ends this year.
2. Virtue warfare - between the decentralized cryptocurrencies and the centralized currencies. Extreme fluctuations for the cryptos.
3. Big scandals in the world of finance. Collapse of giant enterprises.
4. Hyperinflation
5. People poisoned by poison gas leak from a chemical factory.
6. Great explosion, particularly for a southern country.
7. Energy crises. Fights over energy.
8. Great terrorist attacks on western countries. Buiding on top of subway.
9. Sino-American cold war steps up.
10. Assasination of renown leader(s). Not saying who. (Putin?)
11. Wars esp. in the west.
12. Woman president/leader in a great country.
13. The Earth rebels. Tsunamis, earth quakes, volcanic eruptions of historic proportions. Large number of deaths.
14. Huge floods.
15. More abnormal weather phenomena.

I think he is also suggesting economic collapse later in the year. Very dire, but he gave an optimistic outlook for next year, partly because he explained, most catastrophic times end in three years.




With respect to Zheng Jianbo, I would guess that much on his list could be confidently predicted by anyone paying close attention to what's been happening on this planet.

[Eva2]

Someone sent this to me - ??

'The portal leading up to the full moon in Virgo on March 18th opened up today and will be open for 10 days. Usually, a Portal is open for 7 days but bc this one is connected to the spring equinox on March 21st and all equinox are stargates so this is huge⚡️!!!!!!. I believe this portal is the countdown to when Yeshua is coming 🙏. Humanity is at a bridge between dark and light and this will determine which way each of us goes. This is the time to connect and anchor in bc as I was told by the Hopi woman who woke me up in 2012, she said you better make sure you are connected to the Creator👈 and anchored into the light👈✨️. Bc if you're not you will feel the wrath coming and it is about to start 👀. At this very point right now the alignment coming in through the Cosmic codes👈 that are upgrading our DNA and cleansing and clearing the body for ascension will increase as we get closer to the equinox. Virgo moon rules the body and this is why the portal started early. In the next 48 hrs CME is planned and on its way to hit the magnetosphere of the earth so hot flashes, dizziness, nausea, massive body pains are the symptoms 😫 and these will only get worse closer it gets. The next few days will be rough @PandoraBoxc @Pandoraschat'

[onawah]

THE MAYAN EQUINOX FORECAST 2022
https://www.alunajoy.com/2022-3-18-mayan-equinox-forcast.html?fbclid=IwAR2oIExl8P2giTfT20hSy4v1EFwmhKGmQbD2uioanHWR0GYQWjNhoA0M22g\
Equinox cycle from 3-21-2022 to 3-20-2023
Mayan Astrology for the year of 1 NOJ and 7 IK
A forecast blending the energies of two sacred Mayan calendars.
March 18, 2022 - Aluna Joy Yaxk'in

THE BIRTH OF THE NEW EARTH
Mayan year of 1 (jun) NOJ (earth)
Mayan Kiche' Calendar. (Traditional Calendar)

https://www.alunajoy.com/copan-2.jpg
https://www.alunajoy.com/aluna-%20light-sm.jpg
Aluna Joy sharing a message in Ollantaytambo.

"The number 1 is all about the opportunity to access pure energy to initiate the beginning of any creation. Number 1 can come with a great force, a higher power, and can also have the element of surprise. It is a restart button. It is considered the first gear in manifesting something greater and beyond our current reality. But the first gear does not turn easily. It will need time and patience to readjust the current reality. We will need to build a new framework for the following gears of time to be built upon. There could be many false starts and many readjustments to having life flow within these new frequencies.

The day sign of NOJ, acts as a great initiator as well. It is one of 4 day signs that are keepers of the cosmic cycles and calendars. All things that manifest in a new cycle come from the energy that NOJ emits. It can bring the frequency of great potential for this entire year, yet will not manifest on its own. NOJ is the dream but not the creation. The vision will manifest once it is acknowledged and then the proper action is taken. All the other 19 day signs come together, through earth and humanity, to manifest a dream. This is how we build the dream as the ONE, yet from 20 unique perspectives. It is a collective process with each day sign flowing through this year, giving a unique blend of energy needed to build the future. NOJ is about gaining new knowledge of the mind, and great wisdom of the heart. This knowledge/wisdom will initiate new aligned actions needed to begin the building process. NOJ means the creation energy of the Earth. Many light workers, healers, etc. are feeling a great need to anchor a mass amount of high frequency LOVE that we are finally beginning to emanate from our hearts. This heart frequency builds new foundations but also withdraws energy from those things that need to fall away. We are called to anchor The LOVE into all the Earth's sacred places, and into the ley line grids, which acts as a circulatory system for the planet.

(Auspicious days for the traditional Maya in this calendar year are ... June 29th 2022 on 10 NOJ. (Green outlined box) This is the most powerful manifesting energy for this year. Newly birthed creations will begin to flow more easily now. November 30th is the very sacred and holy day of 8 BATZ (Blue box). This day comes every 260 days. The Maya all around Guatemala gather in the re-creation of the 260 day calendar with powerful and complex fire ceremonies that were given to the Maya people from Star Elders from the 7 Sisters, a.k.a the Pleiades. February 19th, 2023 on 11 E, is celebrated as a solar new year.)

We are happy to receive any heart donations to support our work.
https://www.alunajoy.com/heartdonation.html

THE HUMBLING SACRED BRIDGE BETWEEN WORLDS
The Mayan year of 7 (uc) IK (wind)
Mayan Astrology Calendar. (Yucatec Modern Calendar)

The number 7 is a place of profound resonance with life. We are not fully in this physical world and not fully in the spirit world either. But we are in a place where we have a foot in each, but are never really anchored to either. Mystics and shamans have used this bridge to do their work for eons. It can be a place where we can touch spirit and bring it back into the physical world to elevate the physical reality. But the number 7 can also feel very ungrounded. When we are under the influence of the energy of the number 7, we might feel invisible, or unacknowledged, or unheard. Because of this, IK can be a real ego killer, and especially so for those born with the 7 in their birth chart. Those who live with an out of control ego, like the "faux" powers in the world, will need to return to authentic humbleness or face the possibility of crumbling their empires.

The day sign of IK means in this year we will be able to easily live more from the heart and from the new incoming frequencies, rather than acting from the head which is now mostly wisdom of the past. IK is able to bring in and translate the messages from spirit into a more usable form that can be applied to the new Earth frequencies. IK is also a day sign that can help us learn to live multi-dimensionally, within spherical time, and the ability to operate from many perspectives at once. In this year there is the opportunity for everyone to access this ability. We will begin to rely more on spiritual instincts, than on posted facts from all forms and all sides of media that are outside of ourselves. When we live our lives based in spirit, we also live from the ONE true source and the cosmic center between physicality and spirit. If we tune in will be able to hear the breath of spirit moving through us, and know how to navigate around the falsehoods that are now already dissolving away. The downside is we might become too idealistic, and forget to look at the realities around us. Even though reality is changing like the wind, it's important in each moment to acknowledge the physical 3D reality, but work from limitless spirit and our open hearts. It will be a year where we might find responsibilities weighing too heavily upon us and we might need to lighten the load. Many are already doing this. We might find that it is just not quite the time to make large commitments or large decisions. So much is changing in the world that by the end of this cycle, when we look back, we will be astonished how far we have come, how much is changed, and what qualities the new earth has for us. Hang on. It is going to be a roller coaster ride, so don't get hung up on the past, and allow the new frequencies to rise up in us.

(Auspicious days in this year are from September 16th 2022 to October 6th. This is the only 20 day, Mayan Ascension portal in this year. More information from a past core day cycle at https://alunajoy.com/2021-4-10-mayanascensionprocess.html "

[Eva2]

'Blind mystic Baba Vanga predicted Russia war and made chilling Putin prophecy
Baba Vanga, who predicted the Russia war, has more disturbing predictions for the future. She also predicted the 9/11 terror attack and Brexit, despite her death almost 30 years ago

https://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/world-news/blind-mystic-baba-vanga-predicted-26562760?int_source=nba

See link for predictions

[Merkaba360]

'Blind mystic Baba Vanga predicted Russia war and made chilling Putin prophecy
Baba Vanga, who predicted the Russia war, has more disturbing predictions for the future. She also predicted the 9/11 terror attack and Brexit, despite her death almost 30 years ago

https://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/world-news/blind-mystic-baba-vanga-predicted-26562760?int_source=nba

See link for predictions

Intersting. Never heard of her before. The blind psychics normally do have some real powers. But, for any psychic, the distant future is impossible to get very accurate. She sees alot of events, but not sure how they know the dates. Maybe they see timestamps in the corner of each vision lol

I found this site with a fun list of at least some of her predictions all the way to the end of the world in 5079. lol Whatever that means. She mentions people deciding to leave the universe, so does world mean universe? galaxy? earth? Cuz far before then, she says we reach 340 billion population across various planets. Then, we start integrating with aliens? hmm strange. Seems that would happen sooner.

http://www.vizagchemical.com/blog/list-baba-vanga-predictions-info-chemical-man

Anyway, its kind of fun to read. Some things were wrong, like WW3 in 2010. But who knows, maybe its just 12 years delayed :) I think these sorts of things are possibilities but in no way certain.

I'm more interested in predictions like discovering a new energy source in 2028. I would think those predictions are based more on when knowledge reaches a level for a breakthru to occur. The timing could vary, but its not like a specific war that happens or doesn't. Perhaps it is fusion energy. These kinds of things are not really a yes or no. Pretty much surely a yes, but when.

Seeing Muslims dominating Europe by 2043 is interesting. She wouldnt have seen the massive muslim migration before she died in 1996. So, probably a good chance of that happening, even if there is no exact year for that sort of thing.

2046 also quite interesting. Replacing organs via cloning. Assuming they just clone the organs and not whole people lol. Also it says, "replacing bodies is becoming the best form of treatment." Gee what on earth does that mean. Obviously, we dont need to clone organs and swap them out if we can just replace the whole body. hmmm

[Matthew]

Dreams and visions from Christians.


Dreams
Summary: Behold a pale horse. Your brace is about to be tested, it's time to lock in place.

K5chA0ly2Dw


Visions
Troy's little recap.

pe7KhgOdQiE

[Matthew]

Dreams and visions from Christians.


Dreams
Summary: Behold a pale horse. Your brace is about to be tested, it's time to lock in place.

K5chA0ly2Dw

...

Thought I should put a fine point on this post: this is a follow-up dream from the 'brace yourself' dream Paster Dana Coverstone had last year.

[Matthew]

Since nobody has any other posts I'll be double (tripple) posting more ⚠️ Christian stuff ⚠️.

This will curdle your snot if you don't like Christian stuff.

Troy emotionally shares that hope is key, which I interpret as optimism, and he quotes the bible as usual:


Romans 15:13 NIV Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing so that you will abound in hope by the power of the holy spirit


Try shares a message from a vision about July 2022, here are some extracts


This July: upheaval, shaking of nations. I'm bringing in a remnant that knows the way of the lord and willing to do what is necessary to make it occur. The same way Samuel brought men of god into change the situation during David's reign. I'm bringing my people in to settle the situation. ...


Troy shares from later in the prophesy:


"The promised word is coming about now."


YLPDiQBubvU

[RunningDeer]

Lisa Harrison:“…if you have been having a hard time over recent weeks hopefully this information will be of some support. We are not where we think we are."





Snippets from the first 16 minutes. (Still listening.)

“The reason why I want to put this out is to offer you some sort of reassurance. If you are going through this, you are not alone. It is so wide spread that I’m finding it quite amazing. And to trust and know there is something better on the other side of this. For the one or two, I’ve seen come out of this, it’s like they’ve stepped into a whole new world within themselves. Also like with what is being offered to them in a very 3d sense. The opportunities, the way life is starting to flow, but also definitely within themselves”

“I said I’ve been trying to get this out there for over a week but I'm still kind of in it. It's been difficult but another conversation this morning with somebody else who's very much in it, and seeing one too many “Can you feel these blissful ascension energy announcements” tipped me over the edge. But because it's not all bliss. And I have a very different story to tell and that's all there's so much going on for us daily and weekly that we are tending to forget even what we went through last week because we're so in it that it's harder to see the bigger picture because we we're kind of just in the thick of it all the time.”

“In these last few weeks I know people who have check themselves into psych wards. I know people who have overcome like their ex-addicts and have been clean for years are on the verge of going back to their addiction. The people just looping and not being able to make a decision to the point where they are driving themselves mad a sense of aloneness that is like a gaping hole in your chest that makes no sense. “

“It’s bigger and deeper beyond this lifetime, this place. It’s huge. It’s so old and so deep every everything that we have not worked on, yet cleared, and potentially couldn't because we didn't even know it was there. And this doesn't matter whether you are awake and you've done the work, you've done the individual inside job for years or whether you are just waking up. Because I'm seeing it across the board, it's like everybody's having an existential crisis. Everybody’s having a mental or emotional breakdown. And everyone's doing it on their own trying to pretend that everything's okay, and not realizing that everybody else is in it as well. That’s what I'm saying not bliss not these amazing beautiful ascension energies. It’s tough.”

“This sense of foreboding I think we're all picking up on it because we don't understand exactly what's coming, but we're actually in this purge process from everything. What I’ve been able to make of it is we are making space within us. Making space. We are deleting the virus. We are deleting the programs. We are deleting what is no longer necessary because we are in a brand new space. And it is more home frequency-based than anywhere we've ever been before. We are closer than we've ever been before. It feels like a halfway point between where we were and home. It’s a way station but making space, making space for more of us to come in. Making space for the the new environment template.”

"There's been quite a few references to the Wizard of Oz come up for me. And it's like we are breaking the Oz programming or it is being broken. I've also talked quite a bit over the years about how hard it is to die sort of thing. Like how embedded and welded we are into these bodies. And the glue that holds us in artificially is dissolving, but also how we've been embedded into the actual mainframe or the framework of the construct itself.

The best imagery would be like the borg from Star Trek. You know like they are part of, they are connected to the cubes, the structure that they're a part of, it's like that is dissolving as well. Our actual welded to the framework of the place. and in the Wizard of Oz when they all fall asleep in the poppy field it is the weather that wakes them up. It's the snow. So most places in the world are having unusual weather. Whether it's wind or rain or snow or whatever. And it feels like we are going from black and white as that movie starts to technicolor."



Lisa Harrison (52 min)





June 11, 2022
“…if you have been having a hard time over recent weeks hopefully this information will be of some support. We are not where we think we are."



chPrI_6e5vE

[O Donna]

Prediction: Reality check is in the mail

You know how snail-mail is, could be today, sometime in ’22, or…..?
When divination tools involves snail-mail the specific arrival date is a bit hazy.

[Delight]

The Rise of the New Normal Reich

-n2OhCuf8_s

cwT4ZjEQnxk

[onawah]

It’s Now Crucial to Understand What We’re Up Against
by Dr. Joseph Mercola
June 12, 2022
https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2022/06/12/technocracy.aspx?ui=8d3c7e22a03f5300d2e3338a0f080d2da3add85bca35e09236649153e4675f72&sd=20110604&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=20220612&mid=DM1188712&rid=1517915291
KTO0gU4GBzqY/

"STORY AT-A-GLANCE
It’s become absolutely crucial to understand what we’re up against, globally, and who’s responsible for the rising totalitarianism and their ultimate intention
The COVID pandemic was a coup d’état by the technocratic cabal that is behind the global takeover agenda, referred to as The Great Reset
The Great Reset was introduced by the World Economic Forum, which is tightly coupled to the United Nations and the World Health Organization.
Their agenda is to implement a global type of totalitarianism based on technocratic and transhumanist ideologies.
Part of that plan also includes reengineering and controlling all life forms, including humans
While the outward expression of technocracy will appear as totalitarianism, the control center is not an individual.
Rather than a single person ruling by the decree, technocracy relies on control through technology and algorithm.
This is a very important difference.
In short, there will be no individual to blame or hold accountable.
The “dictator” is an algorithm
Technocracy is an invented and unnatural form of economics that expresses itself as totalitarianism and requires social engineering to work.
Technocrats in the past defined technocracy as the science of social engineering.
Controlling the populace is crucial for the system to function

Patrick Wood, a repeat guest, has spent decades studying technocracy — an invented economic system that the global cabal is currently trying to implement worldwide. He was recently interviewed by The Defender, the Children's Health Defense newsletter. You will find that interview below. I would actually encourage you to watch that one first, because it provides a really good background of Wood and his work.

This conversation also ties in with an interview I recently did with professor Mattias Desmet, author of "The Psychology of Totalitarianism," which will air in a few weeks, so be sure to keep an eye out for that one. While technocracy and totalitarianism have many similarities, there are some differences in perspective, which we will unravel here.

"I wish there was something else to talk about, but this is it," Wood says. "This is the topic of the day. This is what people need to know and understand.

If we are going to fight back against this enemy, which previously has pretty much been unseen, we must recognize who we're dealing with. Period. We cannot provide any defense or offense to push back on this unless we know who the enemy really is and what they're thinking, what's in their head."

COVID Was Technocracy's Coup D'état

(RUMBLE VIDEO WHICH IS POSTED AT THE END OF THIS POST)

While the COVID crisis sent most into a state of confusion, Wood was not surprised by the chain of events that eventually took place. He'd been following the climate change alarmism and the sustainable development agenda for a long time, and as soon as the same people who were promoting climate alarmism jumped on the COVID train, he knew they were connected, and that COVID was going to be used to promote the technocratic agenda.

The same flawed computer models used to convince us climate change will kill us all were also used to incite panic about the lethality of COVID. These computer models are basically rigged to say whatever they want them to say. According to climate change alarmists, mankind should have been wiped off the face of the earth 10 years ago. Yet here we are. The COVID models also failed, missing the mark by miles.

"At the time [in early 2020], I said this is technocracy's coup d'état. They're finally making their major global move to do what they said they were going to do for a long time. Now, they're actually putting shoe leather to it and they're making it happen, so I called it coup d'état early on," Wood says.

Unfortunately, to quote Wood's coauthor of previous books, Anthony Sutton, only 2% of people have critical thinking skills, 8% of people think they can think, and 90% would rather die than think. This willful ignorance explains why only 10% of a given population, on average, does not fall into mass formation hypnosis.

Wood, along with Dr. Judy Mikovits and Dr. Reiner Fuellmich, an international lawyer who cofounded the German Corona Investigative Committee — have formed the Crimes Against Humanity Task Force. The first event will be held in Tampa, FL with guest speaker, Michael Yeadon, Ph.D..

"We believe there is a great case to be made that, indeed, crimes against humanity have been committed in the same context and sense that they were discovered at the Nuremberg trials that produced the Nuremberg Code, which is now embedded in the legal system in every nation on earth, [including] our country and every state as well.

Medical experimentation is verboten, period, and yet it has happened anyway, with no informed consent along the way. People are getting sick and dying, the same old drill. What went wrong? We're presenting this case to the American public in person, and I will say the dynamic of talking to a live audience today is a breath of fresh air for me, personally. I think everybody else would say the same thing."

Creating a New Normal on Our Own Terms
While many resist this stance, I and Wood agree that the crisis is not over, and it's not going to right itself. No. It'll get worse, and things will never go back to the way they were. It's important to realize that we shouldn't want things to go back to the old normal, however. Because the old normal is what precipitated the many crises we're currently facing.

We can fully expect that the partially failed vaccine passport will be replaced by digital identity, which will progress to a central bank digital currency (CBDC). Most central banks in the world will be rolling out CBDCs within the next three to five years.

Digital identity and CBDCs are a disaster racing toward us like a freight train, and it'll be extremely difficult to get out of harms way. The past two years will seem like a picnic compared to what's coming.

"If my hypothesis is true, January 2020 was the coup d'état that started this war in earnest, the hot war, if you will, versus the leading up to it. Lots of bad stuff happened from 9/11 through 2020 that we could point to and say, it looks like somebody's orchestrating this, but it went into a hot war, literally, globally as well, in January 2020. Revolutions never stop with one attack. That's obvious. I'm sure it's self-evident."

By Their Words and Actions, You Can Know Them
So, who instigated this global revolution? Who's pulling the strings? Who's the real enemy? It's not the populace. It's not even a specific nation. It's a conglomerate of wealthy and influential people all over the world. But they have a shared philosophy, ideology and agenda. Wood explains:

"What's going on is called The Great Reset of the planet. The Great Reset has become a catchphrase. Most people don't have a clue what it means yet, but it's promoted by the World Economic Forum (WEF), which is tightly interlinked and coupled with the United Nations.

This elite group of people represent in mix all of the people that were originally in the Trilateral Commission back in the 1970s. It's the same kinds of people, the same agenda to transform the world into their vision, the way they think things ought to be. These are the people that have orchestrated this whole thing and they're the ones that are pushing it right now.

It's easy to identify most of the people involved in this. You can look at the Klaus Schwabs and the Bill Gateses [of the world], and the thousand companies that belong to the World Economic Forum. They all have CEOs, board members, et cetera, that are part of the World Economic Forum. It's pretty easy to identify them today.

The idea of The Great Reset is complete transformation of society and individuals that live in this society. The World Economic Forum is boldly talking about both. They talk about this technocratic takeover on one hand, to reform society, that is the structures of society, the institutions, but they also talk about the restructuring of humanity itself.

That is, the merging of technology with the human condition, with the flesh, the changing of genetic code, Humanity 2.0, H+ is another term is used. This is mad scientist type of stuff. The average guy on the street has never been exposed to this.

It's hard to get your head around how evil this whole thing is, and it's all uninvited. Nobody asked for it, they just did it. That's another thing that's really important to understand: This didn't just come out of the blue or fall out of the sky from outer space. This has been in the works for a very long time."

Agenda 21 Laid the Groundwork
In 1992, Agenda 21 was created. That was the genesis of sustainable development. That's where that doctrine was openly described. The Agenda 21 and the Biodiversity Convention that took place at the same time was the agenda for 21st century.

As explained by Wood, Agenda 21 was foundational in the sense that laid out all the events being rolled out and changes being implemented today. It's just that no one was really paying attention to where things were headed, the ultimate implications of it all. Of course, those who did see the writing on the wall were discredited as "crazy conspiracy theorists."

"There was a great book released in 1994 called 'The Earth Brokers.' The two authors were scholars. They were also the original environmental crowd. They weren't on our side necessarily, but they went to the Agenda 21 conference in good faith, figuring there was going to be some negotiation to dial back the development that was messing with the Third World and try to get the planet back together.

They went hoping to turn some things around, and they came away from the Agenda 21 conference completely disillusioned ... In that book, they criticized the Agenda 21 process. They started out by saying something like this: 'We argue that USAID — the United Nations conference on economic development — has boosted precisely the type of industrial development that is destructive for the environment, the planet and its inhabitants.

We see how, as a result of USAID, the rich would get richer, the poor poorer, while more and more of the planet is destroyed in the process.' What can we say, but 'amen' to that. Here we are today. It's exactly what's happened."

The Plan to Own and Control All Life
"The Earth Brokers" also reviewed what they learned from the Biodiversity Convention, which ran parallel with the Agenda 21 conference. It had the same participants, just two different thought tracks brought together at the same conference.

"They wrote about the biodiversity convention, which has become incredibly important today to the United Nations. They said the convention implicitly equates the diversity of life, that is animals and plants, to the diversity of genetic codes. By doing so, diversity becomes something modern science can manipulate. It promotes biotechnology as being essential for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity.

They redefined the term biodiversity, for one, but they also said the main stake raised by the biodiversity convention is the issue of ownership and control over biological diversity. The major concern was protecting the pharmaceutical and emerging biotechnology industries. That was their assessment.

To which, today, we can say, 'Bingo!' That is exactly what happened back then, and this is exactly the expression today that we see of the genetic takeover of life on planet earth. They've gotten the seeds, they've gotten the plants, they've gotten the animals."

Today, the technocrats are also moving in on the human genetic code. Chief medical officer of Moderna, Tal Zaks, for example, has stated that Moderna, a developer of the mRNA COVID jab, is "hacking the software of life." He described the human genetic code as an operating system, and if you can change that operating system by introducing a new line of code, or by changing a line of code, you can change how the operating system functions.

Since 1992, legislation has been created to protect Big Pharma. You could say the 1992 Agenda 21 was a pre-coup. They laid the groundwork back then to protect the pharmaceutical and emerging biotech industries they knew were coming. And, today, the very genetic makeup of mankind is up for grabs.

Origins of Technocracy
Technocracy dates further back than the 90s, however. Handwritten letters dating to the 1930s reveal some of the originators of the technocratic movement had gotten into an argument with the Hearst newspaper empire, and because of that, they forbade journalists to discuss them or the technocratic ideology. Hence, technocracy went underground and got sort of buried for a few decades. Wood explains:

"What happened was, Howard Scott, one of the cofounders of Technocracy Inc., was also the leader of the group at Columbia University when it was housed there in 1932. He had promoted himself as being a certified engineer and one of the intellectual guys that would fit in to Columbia University. He wasn't from Columbia, but he was heading the [technocratic] movement there.

It was discovered, while he was there, that he was a complete fraud. He had no engineering degree at all. He was just a blowhard. He was a promoter — basically a con man — and Nicholas Murray Butler, the president of Columbia ... flipped out, and drop-kicked Scott out of Columbia ...

By the same token, Howard Scott was out working in the media like crazy, and he worked the Hearst empire to get articles about technocracy published all across the country.

When Randolph Hearst discovered, as Butler did, that he had been taken for a ride and that his media empire had been manipulated, he freaked out and sent out a telegram-type memo to every newspaper in the country, saying, 'If anybody ever mentions technocracy again, you're fired.'

Well, that took care of that. History books have a 25-year lag, typically. Historians don't go back and analyze stuff from last year to write in history books. They go back 25 years and they look around and they read the newspaper articles and whatever, and try and figure out what happened. That's how they write history.

Well, there's this huge hole on the technocracy movement because it just got dropped out. All of a sudden, there's no newspaper articles. It's just like they disappeared into thin air. The big, highly credentialed scientist and engineers at Columbia who were crowing about technocracy the year before, now, all of a sudden, would not dare mention the word."

Wood eventually discovered a major university archive at University of Edmonton in Alberta, where all of the leaders of the Canadian technocracy movement had combined their papers in the '90s.

The documents were placed in a warehouse where they sat for years on end, until a catalog of them was finally published on the internet. It was a real jackpot. Wood and his wife drove to Edmonton and spent a week sifting through and copying materials. After that, it wasn't very difficult to break down how the technocratic agenda had been moved forward and was being implemented.

Totalitarianism Versus Technocracy
While the outward expression of technocracy will appear as totalitarianism, the control center is not a dictator. Rather than a single person ruling by the decree, technocracy relies on control through technology and algorithm. This is a very important difference. In short, there are no people behind the curtain pulling strings. There's no individual to blame or hold accountable.

The "dictator" is an algorithm. Looking at Google over the past couple of years, in particular, we can see this in action. We can also see it in the censorship of social media, and in the social credit system in China.

"The so-called artificial intelligence boom has created the possibility of controlling people by algorithm, rather than by political dictate," Wood says. "There has been a battle between technocrats and governments ever since technocracy started. Back in the day, they hated government. They wanted to get rid of government. There is still that propensity today.

You see it at the World Economic Forum, you see it at United Nations. They want to dissolve the national governments of the world. Historically, fascism and communism have been instituted by national governments. These entities are on the hit list for technocracy. We saw this, by the way, just recently. There was a conference in Dubai, called the World Government Summit1 [March 29-30, 2022].

It was partly put on by the United Nations and there were a bunch of financial mucky mucks there. There was one in particular, Pippa Malmgren — she's from America, but she's in Great Britain — and she does financial wealth management services for the ultra rich.

She talked about the destruction of the fiat currency system, and she said, when it happens, there's simply going to be a change-over. All the fiat currencies are going to go, and there's going to be an implementation of digital currency. But she also made point that the nation state structures of the world are declining rapidly now. She saw, I guess, that the nation states are the target of destruction. They must go."

This has been in the works for some time. Look at the European Union. While Europe has country borders, the EU member states have virtually no power to do anything anymore. They're subservient to the EU's wishes. "That's why a lot of people in Europe call the EU a technocracy, they're a bunch of technocrat elites — they're unelected, they're unaccountable," Wood says.

Nobody can get to them and they're making decisions for everybody else. So, while the nation states are still there in name, they've stripped of their sovereignty. The World Health Organization is now also in the process of stripping nations of their sovereignty through the so-called Pandemic Treaty, which will grant the WHO unprecedented power and influence to govern behind the veil of "global biosecurity."

We also see the rule of technocracy in companies such as Google, which is meddling in the affairs of nations, oftentimes wielding more power over people than the state itself. So, it's important to realize that the enemy is not a nation state.

Today's enemy cannot be compared to anything that nation states have produced in the past, such as fascism, communism or socialism. This is an altogether brand-new entity. So, while technocracy feels like totalitarianism, today's totalitarianism is an outgrowth of technocracy, and cannot be compared to any previous totalitarian regime.

"If you look at it in the context of the takeover genetic material on earth, this is the dangerous payload that we face. It's not just the governance part of it. It's not just the scientific dictatorship part of it, where people now can be manipulated in doing things that don't want to do. We're talking about the direct takeover of the human genome.

This is an incredible thing, because that means, potentially, that our genome of humanity could be changed," Wood warns.

Unintended Consequences Are Probable
Now, it's quite possible, and indeed probable, that the orchestrators of this technocratic takeover are in over their heads and will end up self-destructing. They're playing a game that has never been played before, so there's no telling what unintended consequences might be initiated.

One such unintended consequence could be a world war, and if that happens, gene editing the human genome will become irrelevant, because the living standards of the whole world will be pushed back hundreds of years. Wood comments:

"No question about it — World War III or a world war is going to be triggered. It's not in the best interest, for instance, for the World Economic Forum to have a world war. But that doesn't mean it won't happen either. So far, I think the Ukraine war is pretty orchestrated and scripted in many ways to the agenda of the World Economic Forum. But it doesn't mean it couldn't lose control and the thing just goes nuts.

If that happens, I don't know where I'd put that on the doomsday clock. I'm not really sure, but it is definitely a possible outcome. If it does happen, it will spoil everything for everyone for a very long period of time. As the Bible says, it'll take seven years to go through the countryside and bury all the radioactive bones. That'd be very ugly.

It might not be [a nuclear war]. But it could be. They have the technology. I mean, just look what they can do by launching these pandemics and these bioweapons ... Another thing that can happen — and again, we're talking about waves of attacks, things that could bring us down and bring about this Great Reset — is some type of a cyber attack.

This has been in the news a lot lately. A cyber attack could be a false flag operation, but it doesn't really matter what it is, whether it is or isn't [a false flag], but some big thing, like taking down the power grid, or taking down JPMorgan Chase and nobody can get their money out for a period of a week.

Something like that would, again, put the fear of God into everybody. We'll be back to the fear and panic; we'll do whatever you say to get safety, et cetera. It will perpetuate the takeover, the coup that we're looking at. These are two possibilities, near-term, that are very real. We've got different scenarios right now, but we know where this group of technocrat actors are going.

We understand their mindset, their philosophy, if you will. I hate to even call it that, but what is in their head? There's no passion, there's no compassion, there's no love, there's no mercy, there's no grace, there's nothing like that. It's a completely inhuman endeavor to capture mankind into a scientific dictatorship, the likes of which the world has never seen before."

Preparing Can Help Ease Your Anxiety
The Boy Scouts motto is "Be prepared," and that is what I would encourage everyone to strive for at this time. Another motto to embrace would be "Hope for the best and prepare for the worst." Prepare as best you can for any and every contingency. If you can, get out of the big cities and big urban areas. Rural areas where you can build community is your safest bet.

Prepare for sustained food shortages with long-term food storage. Secure a potable water source. Stock up on medical remedies. Prepare for supply chains of all kinds to fail and stock up accordingly. Transition out of fiat currency, either by spending it on things you'll need in the future, or buying physical gold and silver.

Prepare for energy shortages, rolling blackouts and the complete shut-down of the power grid. Importantly, don't rely on high-tech solutions. Include low-tech manual backups in your preps. If the thought of all of this scares you, remember that taking action is the best remedy. Knowing you're prepared will ease a lot of anxieties.

Why Free Speech Is on the Chopping Block
Free speech is a universal concept. Everyone, everywhere, have a mind and want to express themselves without being censored or canceled for their views. Free speech is now under attack worldwide, and the truly massive attack on free speech began at the same time as the coup d'état started. This is because silencing dissent is required for the full takeover to occur.

"These technocrat transhumanist revolutionaries must destroy free speech at the same time that they take over the world, because they have to control the narrative," Wood explains. "The attacks on free speech right now are absolutely legendary, off the charts, everywhere on the planet.

If Mattias Desmet is right, and I feel absolutely certain that he is, because I can read a history book as easy as anybody, when free speech is effectively silenced, that is when the killing of the scapegoat begins. It's always the scapegoat that gets killed first. There may be other groups that get mixed in, but the people who are the scapegoat are the ones that will be attacked by the mass formation psychosis crowd."

Eventually, the totalitarian regime will devour its own. It'll kill its own leaders in the name of the greater good. But in the meantime, it'll start by culling various scapegoats, one group after another.

"Original technocracy from the 1930s, was defined in their own magazine, which was called 'The Technocrat Magazine.' They defined themselves in 1938 as 'the science of social engineering.' That was what they said about themselves.

Technocracy is the science of social engineering and they talked incessantly in their literature about Pavlov and BF Skinner and how they could control people and mold people to the economy, to the utopia that they wanted to build.

They've had since 1938, at the very least, to think about how to develop the science of social engineering to be used against humanity. I don't think we need to even think about it any further.

We can feel it today. It's right in our face, every day. They're using these techniques against the people of the world to manipulate them, to hypnotize them, to push them into mass formation psychosis. Somebody at the top knows exactly what they're doing with this. That's my point."

And, again, tech companies like Google and Facebook play central roles in that effort. I look at Google as the Skynet of the Terminator series. They're probably the worst offender of all the technology companies that are accelerating this. They the champions of social engineering. They own DeepMind, the most sophisticated artificial intelligence company on the planet, and they're clearly using it for nefarious purposes. That said, they're certainly not alone.

Action Plan Moving Forward
In closing, we need to give careful thought to how we might slow down, block or at least limit the devastation that's been planned for us. At the top of that list, aside from preparing yourself and your family with the essentials for life, is to buck the narrative.

"Anytime you feel like you're being given a role to play, just refuse to play that role," Wood says. "I don't care what it is, just don't do it. If they say, 'You need to wear a mask because blah, blah, blah — don't wear a mask. Just don't play the role they give you.'

I know, but there's a lot of personal choice here. You got to make a personal decision on what it's worth to you to do it. I personally haven't worn a mask yet. It's cost me. I haven't flown an airplane for a long time. I didn't go a lot of places.

It's important to keep your mouth open, not shut. We need to reestablish human connection again. This has been denied us with all the social distancing and lockdowns and everything else. Get in touch with people. It hurts, I realize, for a lot of people, because relationships have been burned between children and parents and brothers and sisters. Get over it, deal with it.

You have to get out and reconnected with people again, because the future of humanity is in those connections.

Just don't argue with them. If you love them, love them anyway, in spite of where they are. But it's also important to get with like-minded people and spend time developing deeper relationships with people. Guys have lost the ability to have best friends, almost universally across the country.

Women are better at having best friends, but they've been denied best friends because everything's been broken up. Get embedded in a local church and start going to these home fellowships, whatever, where people are meeting face to face and just talk to them ...

We have a lot of answers and a lot of tangible things we can help people with. You need to do it, be prepared to do it. When you have the opportunity, open your mouth and help them out. At least, give them some hope, because right now the other side wants you to have no hope. They want to strip all hope away from you so that you will turn to the government or turn to the technocrats for help.

We need to help people with this whole hope business and not to sell hopium, as some people call it, but to give them some tangible help on what they can do right now to put up a defense around their own body, around their own mind or whatever it might be ...

This is where we are as a world today — we, on the non-mass formation psychosis side, we're all in. Whether anybody else recognizes that as immaterial, but we are all in this. This is the most important civilizational, existential thing that we'll ever deal with in our lifetime.

It really is that important. It's not something we can just say, 'Well, it's just another problem,' kind of like, 'We had problems with Jimmy Carter.' No, it's not that kind of problem. This is a bigger existential threat that we're facing right now.

We must be dead serious. But there's hope, I will say. And until it's over, it's not over. We can make a difference and we need to try. We just can't throw up our hands and say there's no point trying, I'm going to go home and get drunk. Klaus Schwab told you, with his own lips, that by 2030 you will own nothing and you will be happy. They're trying to make it happen. Yes, they are.

One of the reasons, by the way, that the World Economic Forum has met with the United Nations to speed up the agenda, closer on this side of 2030, is because of the mounting resistance around the world to the agenda. I'm convinced of this. I've been watching this since the beginning.

Americans can't have 500,000 people in the street protesting anything, that doesn't happen here. That's just not our culture. But not Europe, at the drop of a hat, you'll get a 100,000 people in the street, all screaming and banging pots and pans and hollering and carrying signs.

I know they see these massive hordes of people that are saying, essentially, 'Hell, no'... This has to have an impact on them. I think that's one reason they're trying to accelerate the program right now and make it happen faster.

To me, that's just kind of a little bit of a sign of resistance is working, and this to me, this ought to tell the resistance to double down — double down right now on whatever it is you're doing. Do twice as much as you did last week or last month and continue to put the pressure on it."

- Sources and References
1 World Government Summit

v134n0j/?pub=ijro7

[Mike Gorman]

The disbelief in Rationality, the complete and utter contradiction of all established principles of Science/rational thinking: anyone who clings to the established principles is a Deviant, if you oppose Covidian Theology-because the creed of Covid is the foundation stone of the new public health 'hygiene' - you are unclean, insane.
This seems to be the essence of their intentions, divide society into 'old think' and the new normal - if you are not deeply concerned about Gay rights, transgender story time for infants, pro-noun awareness, and Climate Change you are their enemy.
I find I don't even want to think about this, it exhausts me, makes me feel hopeless and ridden with a profound ennui - why have we arrived at this point, and so rapidly witnessed the erosion of our imperfect, but workable world?

[onawah]

When it comes to "why" questions, I will refer you to Theosophy, Rudolf Steiner, Edgar Cayce, and that crowd.
(Dark Journalist covers a lot of that territory quite well, and psychic Gigi Young.)
But the basis of their philosophy really all stems back to Hinduism and the theories about the dance of Maya and the cycles of time.
It seems to me we must be at the tail end of the Kali Yuga, the darkest of Ages.
That opinion being justified somewhat by the fact that no one really seems to know anymore exactly where we are in that equation...
...But the Kali Yuga being characterized by Ignorance and gross Materialism, it makes sense to me.
I take a kind of grim comfort in my belief that Ben Davidson of SuspiciousObservers and other scientists are right in their interpretation of the latest data, and Nature will clean up much of the mess that's been made of the planet with the next in the 12,000 cycle of Geomagnetic Reversal, which is in process now. :sad:
Our best hope being that eventually the Dark Age gradually begins to cycle back toward the Light.
I think the regressive ETs and EDs who trouble this planet so much can't do anything to stop that.


The disbelief in Rationality, the complete and utter contradiction of all established principles of Science/rational thinking: anyone who clings to the established principles is a Deviant, if you oppose Covidian Theology-because the creed of Covid is the foundation stone of the new public health 'hygiene' - you are unclean, insane.
This seems to be the essence of their intentions, divide society into 'old think' and the new normal - if you are not deeply concerned about Gay rights, transgender story time for infants, pro-noun awareness, and Climate Change you are their enemy.
I find I don't even want to think about this, it exhausts me, makes me feel hopeless and ridden with a profound ennui - why have we arrived at this point, and so rapidly witnessed the erosion of our imperfect, but workable world?

[Delight]

When it comes to "why" questions, I will refer you to Theosophy, Rudolf Steiner, Edgar Cayce, and that crowd.
(Dark Journalist covers a lot of that territory quite well, and psychic Gigi Young.)
But the basis of their philosophy really all stems back to Hinduism and the theories about the dance of Maya and the cycles of time.
It seems to me we must be at the tail end of the Kali Yuga, the darkest of Ages.
That opinion being justified somewhat by the fact that no one really seems to know anymore exactly where we are in that equation...
...But the Kali Yuga being characterized by Ignorance and gross Materialism, it makes sense to me.
I take a kind of grim comfort in my belief that Ben Davidson of SuspiciousObservers and other scientists are right in their interpretation of the latest data, and Nature will clean up much of the mess that's been made of the planet with the next in the 12,000 cycle of Geomagnetic Reversal, which is in process now. :sad:
Our best hope being that eventually the Dark Age gradually begins to cycle back toward the Light.
I think the regressive ETs and EDs who trouble this planet so much can't do anything to stop that.


The disbelief in Rationality, the complete and utter contradiction of all established principles of Science/rational thinking: anyone who clings to the established principles is a Deviant, if you oppose Covidian Theology-because the creed of Covid is the foundation stone of the new public health 'hygiene' - you are unclean, insane.
This seems to be the essence of their intentions, divide society into 'old think' and the new normal - if you are not deeply concerned about Gay rights, transgender story time for infants, pro-noun awareness, and Climate Change you are their enemy.
I find I don't even want to think about this, it exhausts me, makes me feel hopeless and ridden with a profound ennui - why have we arrived at this point, and so rapidly witnessed the erosion of our imperfect, but workable world?

I never expected that I would actively accept that the best hope NOW is for the end of electricity. IMO if we completely lose the grid, this stops technocracy. It grieves me to hope for this outcome.

[onawah]

Beware the Eye of the Storm

Gigi Young in her Q&Q today talks about some of the concerns mentioned in the last few comments of this thread.
here: lbxifW_9LcE

And on a subject which Patrick Wood spoke to in the video in post #131, having to do with the lull we appear to be in now, where the push for
getting everyone jabbed is slowing down--it may really just be the "eye of the storm", and we need to be prepared for the coming onslaught...

Beware the Eye of the Storm
June 7, 2022
Organic Consumers Association
by Ronnie Cumminshttps://www.organicconsumers.org/blog/beware-eye-storm

(Many hyperlinks in the article not embedded here)

"Growing up on the Gulf of Mexico and living through several intense hurricanes, I became familiar with the term “eye of the storm.” The “eye” refers to the interlude or relative calm between the two phases of a hurricane, when the center of the storm is passing directly overhead. I was warned as a child not to go outside as the “eye” passed over, even though it seemed like the storm was winding down, because more intense wind, tidal surges, and torrential rains would surely follow.

We are now all living in the eye of the storm. Most of us survived the engineered release (whether accidental or deliberate) and transmission, death, and mayhem of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and its spike protein.

We survived the disastrous government responses, economic lockdowns, small business bankruptcies, school closings, and unemployment. We survived the mass fear-mongering, censorship, and dictatorial medical and social mandates that were engineered, aided, and abetted by supposedly liberal media outlets and democratically elected politicians. We nonetheless got a taste (especially in Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the UK, and the blue states of the U.S.) of what it would be like to live “the New Normal” under a Chinese Communist Party-type regime, with Bill Gates, Tony Fauci, Big Pharma, Silicon Valley, the military-industrial complex, and the World Economic Forum calling the shots.

But the storm and the coordinated assault on our mental and physical health, civil rights, and constitutional liberties is not over. Big Pharma and government bureaucrats are still trying to pretend that the latest variants (more akin to the common cold or a mild season flu) of COVID-19 are dangerous, even for children and infants. They are also still trying to tell us that the experimental, rushed to market, blockbuster COVID-19 vaccines work, and that they are safe, which they are not. As our ally, Millions Against Medical Mandates, warn us “wake the hell up, they are coming for our children.”

On the bioweapons front, as we have reported, Bill Gates, Fauci, and the Pentagon (along with China, Russia, and the other superpowers) have been and continue to fund the illegal genetic engineering and weaponization of viruses and pathogens such as SARS-CoV-2, Bird Flu, Marburg virus, Ebola, Anthrax, lentiviruses, Adenoviruses, and other genetically engineered pathogens, using the excuse that these reckless experiments are necessary to prevent disease, ward off biological weapons attacks from our enemies, or develop vaccines.

As Judicial Watch recently reported, based upon over 2300 documents that the National Institutes of Health were forced to provide under the Freedom of Information Act, there have been (and still are) dozens of illegal, unauthorized Gain-of Function experiments taking place in U.S. government and university labs, with numerous recent reported leaks, accidents and security violations in these U.S. biolabs.

Until we shut down the biolabs in our backyards and across the world, bring the perpetrators of COVID-19 to justice, and strengthen and enforce the Biological Weapons Protocol that the U.S. and every nation is supposed to abide by, none of us are safe. Unless and until we ban the lab engineering and weaponization of pathogens on a global scale, the opportunity will surely rise again for the global elite, Big Pharma, and the vaccine profiteers to take advantage of the next lab or deliberate release of a deadly bioweapon to complete their totalitarian “Great Reset.” Gates, Fauci, and the other architects of the Great Reset are already publicly predicting, and indeed planning for the next pandemic.

On the nuclear weapons front, thank God we have thus far dodged the thermonuclear bullet. We have avoided an accidental nuclear exchange and a nuclear holocaust with Russia resulting from the power-crazed U.S. strategy of fruitlessly trying to “bleed Russia dry.” We are literally playing Russian nuclear roulette by expanding NATO and surrounding Russia with first strike nuclear weapons and submarines while escalating an endless war in the Ukraine that could have been prevented, bringing about massive death and suffering for both Ukraine and Russia.

While the “eye” of the maelstrom called 2022 provides us with a temporary respite, there is absolutely no time to lose. We must force our brain dead and corrupt politicians, in both parties, to negotiate an end to the war in Ukraine, lift all sanctions, and to begin the long-term negotiation process to ban all biological and nuclear weapons forever.

Sign the OCA Petition to Ban the Reckless “Gain-of-Function” weaponization of viruses and pathogens:
https://advocacy.organicconsumers.org/page/18957/petition/1 "

[Jacqui D]

I dont think we are quite there yet! so still more chaos until we reach a point in time which i feel is close now. I did hear 2023 could be a positive change hopefully that's true,if its not true you can come back to me and question me lol. But there is a massive healing going on now and this chaos is the out picturing of certain ones going through this now.

[O Donna]

Local and world predictions are a macrocosm of the microcosm referred to as a lifetime or lifetime(s).

Some see in varying detail miles in advance and still others are completely taken by surprise.

Grade that hyperopia. Do prognosticators have to take a test? Is it self-administered?

https://i.pinimg.com/564x/1b/1a/af/1b1aaf0f263d60499e563c4d83852ad5--doctor-humor-eye-jokes.jpg

[onawah]

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming
2,773,527 views Jun 5, 2022
41K
60 Minutes Australia
4.52M subscribers

"If you're like us, you probably thought the Boxing Day tsunami came out of the blue; that the giant wave, which took all those lives, arrived without warning. But then we've now met a scientist called Dr Kerry Sieh, and no-one knows more about this subject than he. Last year Dr Sieh actually warned the Indonesian Government that a tsunami was on the way. He even handed out brochures to villagers, showing them how to save themselves. The trouble is, no-one in authority took the slightest bit of notice. Now, Dr Sieh is predicting another tsunami, even more devastating. One can only hope that this time they're listening."
YVe0YQ5otS0

[KimmyLove]

Good afternoon! Just caught this thread and wanted to add a little. Due to working in a major grocery store, we see a ton of changes. From self checkouts ill prepared to give cash back; only debt/credit cards. This has been 6 months or more. Also, so many farms/suppliers,
have burned. One or 2, possibly even 10, couldbe considered' normal~ but it's effected several other, causinga huge impact. Add to this, birdflu, we see shortages. Slowly it reboots, only to slip again. Tons of suppliers have been dealing with bacteria/viral contamination, as well. My gut screams, sabotage.

[O Donna]

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming
2,773,527 views Jun 5, 2022
41K
60 Minutes Australia
4.52M subscribers

"If you're like us, you probably thought the Boxing Day tsunami came out of the blue; that the giant wave, which took all those lives, arrived without warning. But then we've now met a scientist called Dr Kerry Sieh, and no-one knows more about this subject than he. Last year Dr Sieh actually warned the Indonesian Government that a tsunami was on the way. He even handed out brochures to villagers, showing them how to save themselves. The trouble is, no-one in authority took the slightest bit of notice. Now, Dr Sieh is predicting another tsunami, even more devastating. One can only hope that this time they're listening."
YVe0YQ5otS0

Not as predictable (timing) as the Delta Aquariids meteor shower but the science has similarities.

Could run/ move from the Cascadia subduction zone and run right into another lurking natural disaster.

Earth, a living, breathing entity. Not the safest place for little dots on it's surface.

[onawah]

Dutchsinse has worked out how to predict earthquakes quite accurately, but he's on Twitch and other venues I don't frequent, and not posting on youtube much anymore.
Edgar Cayce's predictions as to where safe places will be are most likely going to prove to be accurate once the dust all settles. and Ben Davidson's at https://www.youtube.com/user/Suspicious0bservers
In any case, Indonesia is not a good place to be, with the frequent 6.0 and higher earthquakes there, and so much coastline vulnerable to flooding from tsunamis.
Less safe than Cascadia to be sure, but that's not saying much; I'm happy to be safely inland now in the Ozarks and not on the West Coast anymore.

[Alan]

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming

Scientist who predicted Boxing Day tsunami says another disaster is coming
2,773,527 views Jun 5, 2022
41K
60 Minutes Australia
4.52M subscribers

"If you're like us, you probably thought the Boxing Day tsunami came out of the blue; that the giant wave, which took all those lives, arrived without warning. But then we've now met a scientist called Dr Kerry Sieh, and no-one knows more about this subject than he. Last year Dr Sieh actually warned the Indonesian Government that a tsunami was on the way. He even handed out brochures to villagers, showing them how to save themselves. The trouble is, no-one in authority took the slightest bit of notice. Now, Dr Sieh is predicting another tsunami, even more devastating. One can only hope that this time they're listening."
YVe0YQ5otS0

This isn't really a prediction for 2022. The video is from 2005, and he admits he has no idea when it will happen, just that it is inevitable.

[O Donna]

For those tracking prediction, has come across prognostications related to the Colorado River’s reservoir (Lake Mead and Lake Powell) system other then the slow moving train wreck prediction? Potential major population disruption not to mention agriculture brewing.

Unless one is a cactus, California, Arizona, or Nevada look very unappealing in the coming years.

[onawah]

The date on the youtube page is 2022 and that is the official youtube page for the 60 Minutes Australia show, so it's not a repost.
The Australian newscaster featured in the video said that he met the scientist/forecaster just last year (so that would be 2021).
Then in the video the newscaster and the forecaster are flying over the Indonesia coast, and talking about the forecaster's latest prediction.
So I'm wondering why you think that is all from 2005 (which is one year after the Boxing Day tsunami).
He hasn't said he thought the next tsunami would be in 2022, but it's possible.
In any case, this thread will probably be updated when 2023 rolls around, as it was when 2022 rolled around so I don't think the video is too inappropriate here.



This isn't really a prediction for 2022. The video is from 2005, and he admits he has no idea when it will happen, just that it is inevitable.

[onawah]

C.A. Fitts gives a description as to how, and makes a prediction regarding what may happen within the next 6 to 18 months starting at about 30 minutes into her talk with Dark Journalist here:
6E77g5itSeo
...Regarding how to prevent falling into the trap of slavery that the globalists have set for everyone.
Also posted here:
https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102135-Dark-Journalist-Joseph-Farrell-UFO-X-Factor-Black-Budget-Secret-Space-Network&p=1502437&viewfull=1#post1502437
...And the talk continues in Part 2 here:
qrPMFs_oEK8
Also posted here:
https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?102135-Dark-Journalist-Joseph-Farrell-UFO-X-Factor-Black-Budget-Secret-Space-Network&p=1502773&viewfull=1#post1502773

It's a practical solution she is offering, but it comes with a price, in that you have to understand what is going on before you can act wisely.
Otherwise we are, as she also predicts, "up the creek without a paddle".

No hope porn here, and not for those who are hoping for some kind of rescue.

[Johnnycomelately]

C.A. Fitts gives a description as to how, and makes a prediction regarding what may happen within the next 6 to 18 months starting at about 30 minutes into her talk with Dark Journalist here:
6E77g5itSeo
...Regarding how to prevent falling into the trap of slavery that the globalists have set for everyone.


It's a practical solution she is offering, but it comes with a price, in that you have to understand what is going on before you can act wisely.
Otherwise we are, as she also predicts, "up the creek without a paddle".

No hope porn here, and not for those who are hoping for some kind of rescue.

Now you’ve got my attention. What kind of “rescue” are we looking at possibly hoping for? And do different hazards suggest different rescuers?

Since the more existential hazards — thinking natural things like a micronova, maybe something else but same scale — may motivate ETs to rescue some of us for our culture/self-wisdom (genes are easy, but how do you produce the wisdom of Wooly Mammoths in a lab?), I hope they have a proper holodeck. I might miss my earthbound drudge life.

Have heard that one type (ET) recognized a new-to-them hazard, and spent some time modifying their vessel to be able to egress faster. The downside of those messages was, some people took that info and decided that since rescue was probable, they quit using their earthly time to improve their soul-state.

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

The date on the youtube page is 2022 and that is the official youtube page for the 60 Minutes Australia show, so it's not a repost.
The Australian newscaster featured in the video said that he met the scientist/forecaster just last year (so that would be 2021).
Then in the video the newscaster and the forecaster are flying over the Indonesia coast, and talking about the forecaster's latest prediction.
So I'm wondering why you think that is all from 2005 (which is one year after the Boxing Day tsunami).
He hasn't said he thought the next tsunami would be in 2022, but it's possible.
In any case, this thread will probably be updated when 2023 rolls around, as it was when 2022 rolled around so I don't think the video is too inappropriate here.


It is from 2005, it's written in the video description (The Next Wave 2005). The presenter confirms it when he says this scientist "warned the Indonesian government last year that the boxing day tsumani was on the way," making that 2004. Also, you can tell by the devastation this is definitely not 17 years after the tsumani, more like a few weeks/months.

Why 60 minutes are putting this out now I've no idea, but that is interesting and the only real take away. However this is an old video.

[onawah]

I don't think so. There was footage in the video from 2005, but the 60 Minutes guy definitely said he had just recently met the scientist, and so the other footage of them flying over Indonesia could only have been recent. The scientist predicted there would be another, similar event to the Boxing Day tsunami.



The date on the youtube page is 2022 and that is the official youtube page for the 60 Minutes Australia show, so it's not a repost.
The Australian newscaster featured in the video said that he met the scientist/forecaster just last year (so that would be 2021).
Then in the video the newscaster and the forecaster are flying over the Indonesia coast, and talking about the forecaster's latest prediction.
So I'm wondering why you think that is all from 2005 (which is one year after the Boxing Day tsunami).
He hasn't said he thought the next tsunami would be in 2022, but it's possible.
In any case, this thread will probably be updated when 2023 rolls around, as it was when 2022 rolled around so I don't think the video is too inappropriate here.


It is from 2005, it's written in the video description (The Next Wave 2005). The presenter confirms it when he says this scientist "warned the Indonesian government last year that the boxing day tsumani was on the way," making that 2004. Also, you can tell by the devastation this is definitely not 17 years after the tsumani, more like a few weeks/months.

Why 60 minutes are putting this out now I've no idea, but that is interesting and the only real take away. However this is an old video.

[onawah]

Fitts didn't address that question, that was just my interjection about hope porn and rescue.
But I'm pretty sure that she doesn't give anymore credence to the Nesara/Gesara type info than Clif High does, though I'm sure she would be more polite about it were she to comment. :lol:
As to what ETs might do, that would be awfully hard to predict accurately.
But neither she nor DJ nor Farrell deny that ETs are here and are involved in human affairs.


C.A. Fitts gives a description as to how, and makes a prediction regarding what may happen within the next 6 to 18 months starting at about 30 minutes into her talk with Dark Journalist here:
6E77g5itSeo
...Regarding how to prevent falling into the trap of slavery that the globalists have set for everyone.


It's a practical solution she is offering, but it comes with a price, in that you have to understand what is going on before you can act wisely.
Otherwise we are, as she also predicts, "up the creek without a paddle".

No hope porn here, and not for those who are hoping for some kind of rescue.

Now you’ve got my attention. What kind of “rescue” are we looking at possibly hoping for? And do different hazards suggest different rescuers?

Since the more existential hazards — thinking natural things like a micronova, maybe something else but same scale — may motivate ETs to rescue some of us for our culture/self-wisdom (genes are easy, but how do you produce the wisdom of Wooly Mammoths in a lab?), I hope they have a proper holodeck. I might miss my earthbound drudge life.

Have heard that one type (ET) recognized a new-to-them hazard, and spent some time modifying their vessel to be able to egress faster. The downside of those messages was, some people took that info and decided that since rescue was probable, they quit using their earthly time to improve their soul-state.

[Alan]

I don't think so. There was footage in the video from 2005, but the 60 Minutes guy definitely said he had just recently met the scientist, and so the other footage of them flying over Indonesia could only have been recent. The scientist predicted there would be another, similar event to the Boxing Day tsunami.

I believe this is definitive proof the segment was recorded in 2005. At any rate, thanks for sharing it, it's a very interesting story.

https://web.archive.org/web/20060630123646/http://sixtyminutes.ninemsn.com.au/sixtyminutes/stories/2005_02_13/story_1295.asp

[onawah]

Wow! You are right. That was very deceptive of Australia's 60 Minutes show to make it appear on their youtube channel as if that was all news.
I'll bet they will be getting a lot of criticism for that.
Thanks for the headsup.


I don't think so. There was footage in the video from 2005, but the 60 Minutes guy definitely said he had just recently met the scientist, and so the other footage of them flying over Indonesia could only have been recent. The scientist predicted there would be another, similar event to the Boxing Day tsunami.

I believe this is definitive proof the segment was recorded in 2005. At any rate, thanks for sharing it, it's a very interesting story.

https://web.archive.org/web/20060630123646/http://sixtyminutes.ninemsn.com.au/sixtyminutes/stories/2005_02_13/story_1295.asp

[RunningDeer]

From Lisa M. Harrison on Telegram:



Message from a friend:




Hey!!! Anybody getting to experience “home”. Like leave their bodies and “be home”. Aware of their body in the bed and conscience of the fact they are in two spaces at once. And the body in the bed is feeling the same energy smelling the same smells etc as the part that’s home. Annnd the parts that’s home is asking questions about, what happens when I go back to the body? And whining bc ya don’t want to go back! BC home is soooo carefree. ESP bc your aware the body has to go pee so you have to go back. Lmao! Anyone? Or am I just freaking still the weird odd duck!!!! Curious. I’ve isolated myself and immersed myself in my kids and gardens and just being in quiet so I could hear me for so long. I’m out of touch with everything and everyone! So this is new and I’m curious.

Also times different. I can fall asleep here at 11 and spend DAYS there and wake up here at 2:30 am. I can do days there in 3 hours here.

There’s community there. It’s the beautiful parts of here without stores. Jobs govt. just houses you create. Community buildings. It took me a min to acclimate to the energy. I kept having energy bursts like if you weren’t having a head to toe orgasm. Felt it there and in the body at home. And kept getting confused bc I wasn’t in the act of sex. Certain beings there. Soul tribe. When they came close the energy merge was whoaaash! What’s that. ESP with one named David. Lol! Don’t laugh. I took a good look so I’d remember. He wears ripped jeans and has beautiful maps tattoos on his legs. People gather. Laugh talk. You can eat if you want. Cook. Manifest from thought. I helped David recreate his back garden area for horses. No jobs. No rules. Govt. sickness. Building is kinda like playing a house game. Whatever you imagine the materials are there. Like painting and as you paint it just becomes. I got to talk about how to bring the kids for a visit! They said I’d have to learn to stay in the house before popping over and pull them. But to know at home they appear 30. We’re all 30 and it’s always 70 degrees.

I come back here to do my part and every day I realize more and more none of this is freaking real and the less serious I take it. The less energy I give it. The closer I get to stepping out

[Eva2]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=009D_1lUJK4

[RunningDeer]

I’m only ten minutes in.

UPDATE:

@12:16 “…we were told a long time ago that Source was creating something new. And then more recently in one of these lives I talked about how it felt like we were finally starting to experience and the new was starting to reach us. Well that includes this new universal body which from what we can ascertain it's beyond the original blueprint. It is and it contains everything you have ever been. It’s a new body to go with the new creation.”

@ 27:24 - “…and what i've talked about in recent lives (talks) which is about our energy and what that's feeding, feeding the new or still feeding the old, we're seeing and I've been saying for two years that I think that we are watching the construct deconstruct in a controlled demolition. And anything and everything that represents energy and is a form of control including food, all of it is going to get scarce. I think and or at least it's going to get scarce in that very 3d sense if that's what you're focused on.

If you're focused on the new, there's nothing but abundance and opportunity and creation and manifestation and all of those things. You will create exactly what you want and need. But if you focus on the old and the limitations of that, then that's what you're going to experience. You can either focus on the on the collapsing building or you can focus on the on the little cottage over there that you're building it's up to you. But when you do shift your focus to over there there is nothing but…it’s limitless and your imagination can go wild and the synchronicities and the opportunities to start happening. And it’s and the support. You can feel the support. The cosmic energetic universal support whatever you want to call it over here…”

@ 29:32 - “…if you can't observe that without getting affected by it and whatever, then just don't even observe it. If you can be neutral and just observe and just like tick boxes. And there are some really good things happening in that arena too. But you know that they're actually part of the shift to over here.”

@ 52(ish) Tenet movie (added below)


New Earth - Going Beyond Freedom




*Our New Universal Bodies are being integrated
*The true purpose of the (jabby)
*Message from home - Going Beyond Freedom



July 6, 2022
LisaMHarrison.com (https://www.lisamharrison.com)
Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/Norncj2vyruN/)
Rumble (https://rumble.com/c/c-1461294)
YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/c/lisamharrison)
Telegram (https://t.me/lisamharrison)



nMsfKi_BUHA


TENET TRAILER
L3pk_TBkihU

[Eva2]

Another vedic astrology report from Joni Patry - stuff will be heating up starting around the third week of July. Earthquakes, volcanic activity and more... ???


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Af1Q5e7ykS8

[Phoenix1304]

I’m quite surprised that Joseph Tittel has not come up on this predictions thread. I believe he is a very talented psychic. I started taking notice of him when I learnt that he correctly predicted the death of Michael Jackson. I signed up for his newsletter and almost unsubscribed when he urged everyone to go get their flu jabs about ten years ago. But instead I wrote to him and said he shouldn’t be doing that and to investigate the subject before giving such advice that clearly did not come from spirit. He didn’t reply but since that time it seems he’s taken a deep dive down the rabbit hole and now speaks with utter contempt about the illuminati et al. His squirmy disgust makes me laugh, to tell the truth.

It was my experience (running my new age shop for some years) that psychics tend to lose their abilities when they become too interested in making money from it, this often coincides with inflated ego. Craig Hamilton Parker and his wife are good examples of that, once quite good mediums, now completely wrong about everything! You gotta laugh, they put a lot of energy into monetising themselves but to no avail. I also learnt from those many, many encounters with ‘psychics’ that psychic ability does not always come along with spiritual maturity or high intelligence!

I don’t get the feeling that Joe has succumbed to ego or greed yet, although I do believe he’s making a very nice income from it now, he deserves it as he works hard at it. He always done rather chaotic yearly predictions every January, but this year he’s been doing ‘Tittel Teatime’ every Tuesday as well as a bunch of other vids. A lot of it goes without saying really, you don’t need to be psychic to know the world’s weather is very unstable and that volcanic eruptions, hurricanes, floods etc are only getting worse, and some stuff could even come from reading sites like this, but he does come up with nuggets that make me give him the benefit of the doubt. He recently predicted that Boris Johnson would be pushed out or resign (it was both actually) and that there would be three political assassinations - it seems Abe was the first.

In any case, I must confess I really enjoy his Tittel Teatimes, he has a certain charm, and it’s always interesting to see him hit the spot occasionally. He’s been warning all to prep for food shortages for some time but manages to keep it on the bright side despite some dire predictions at times, there’s also some quite exciting ones about new, beneficial tech. coming our way. For the moment at least, I do think his talent is intact and I’m glad to introduce him to Avalonians on this thread if you haven’t come across him before.

Here’s his latest…

9kfDszYzOWU

[Vicus]

https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgajzTFl0_OqcJfY3KVvO_MRPQu_Tpq_Xsz7Rp55PNPmA_upni4aRotPQXZdaat11D6wa3mLdhEh7dRvGAiL9H-pS_Ch0HBojkXPbWAdYE97vvevP9nsKX5Bb9AwNWRooMAmfMKPj-975Ir5V8Z2Msz9viBn8hoYSzqcg2F74FhvyRLwDxe-t0=w530-h640

[Eva2]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AbjPEKOaMM

[Delight]

Now is the moment we are given fundamental choice for the direction we take


Ascension versus Transhumanism in Ancient Texts & Modern Times
39,015 views Jun 29, 2022 William Henry has been researching ancient texts and myths over the last three decades and has made many discoveries concerning extraterrestrial intervention, genetic engineering of humanity, ascension, and transhumanism that are all recorded far back in human history. He correctly predicted the growing problem of transhumanism in his 2002 book, Cloak of the Illuminati, and identified the key role of portals/stargates as a means of instantaneous transportation used by Anunnaki extraterrestrials and other off world visitors.

William is a leading proponent of the need for ascension via activation of the rainbow/light body to unleash the full human potential. He asserts this is the best means to offset the grave threat posed by the aggressive push for transhumanism by global elites who want to bio-engineer a new outer skin/exoskeleton for humanity modeled on the fictional Iron Man metal suit.

In his interview with Dr. Michael Salla, William explains why he decided to become an investigative mythologist, his discoveries about humanity's true history concerning extraterrestrials, how he recognized the threat of transhumanism decades before others, and his work in developing ascension classes around the world including his home in Nashville Tennessee.

William Henry's website is http://WilliamHenry.net

rQIucL2vxuI

[onawah]

One Thing Humanity Has Not Experienced Yet (But Is About To!)
5,217 views Jul 23, 2022
1K
Adapt 2030
170K subscribers

"Ransom Godwin and David DuByne discuss how the events coming September 2022 are engineered to bring in a new monetary system to extract maximum fear over food pricing and availability. React in our own direction to the solution WEF is putting out, not respond the the WEF solution given to humanity. Time is compressing as a year's worth of change happens in a week and the elite need a fake space alien invasion to bring in global governance to every nation."

gRciPypZ9wc

[RunningDeer]

For those that may not know, Lisa M. Harrison and Darius Wright are married.



I’ve only begun to listen and it takes too long to transcribe, so I’ll add a snippet:




“We've pretty much been in a soul trap this whole time. The whole being here in this life is pretty much a soul trap. The very fact that you're born here but you actually don't have ultimate expression of your freedom here. So if you wanted to express whatever it is that you wanted to and ultimate freedom, but you can't because there's a limitation placed on it. You’re not actually free at all.”

“This whole awake community or out of body experience people on youtube and social media are all charlatans, majority of them are charlatans. When I first had mine I was so shocked because of all the stories that I heard were that it's all airy fairy and light. When I had my first one and I popped out that was so real. More more real, more dense, more physical, more solid than this reality. Like touching a table was more dense and more hyper real than anything that I've ever experienced in real life…

You'll realize that the other side, when you die, near death experience, crossing over or out-of-body experiences are actually more real than what you could ever experience here because you're getting more access to who and what you really are, more access to source, more access to you, more access to the white the light spectrum, more access to frequencies that you don't have access to here. So it's more dense, more real, more physical than what you would ever experience here.

So this [reality] turns into the absolute dream world and the illusion. And it's like you always want to go back to the real world. Which is why one of the first things you hear the near death experiencer say is “I’m back home. I’ve always been here. This is where I've been for eternity. I’ve always been here and I remember it it.” You know it because it's the back home.


Darius J Wright Livestream Rant




July 23, 2022
Ranting about: soul traps – The Split / Event – OBE – Past Lives – Health
Watch full video here (https://dariusjwright.com/darius-j-wright-livestream-rant-july-23rd-2022/)
dariusjwright.com (https://dariusjwright.com/)
Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/z1ky1mPRGqqS/)
Rumble (https://rumble.com/c/c-1677553)
Telegram (https://t.me/dariusjwright)
Odysee (https://odysee.com/@dariusjwright:c)


ElXricPwUUI

[RunningDeer]

Lisa M. Harrison recaps, Darius, her husband's OBE experience. She explains that it was different in that he popped out and then that etheric body then went to sleep in a different room. And he was back in his physical body and then popped out again. There were three of him in the house: his physical body and two energetic bodies. The second one that popped out saw his physical body and then saw the first etheric body that was asleep.

Darius explains his experience in the second vid below.



How would you describe the difference between the astral and etheric?



OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES ( ASTRAL AND ETHERIC REALMS )




July 27th, 2022

Speakers:

1. Darius J Wright : dariusjwright.com (http://dariusjwright.com)
2. Lisa M Harrison : lisamharrison.com (http://lisamharrison.com)
3. Hamish Barholomaeus Youtube (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC0FRIlbjng42KpHndL5u_2A/videos)

hYJKpVtZvPZb

OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCE STORY ( SPLITTING INTO TWO ETHERIC BODIES (36 min)



July 27th, 2022

b5zTIVme7AXb

[Gwin Ru]

Lisa M. Harrison recaps, Darius, her husband's OBE experience....
[...]...
... yeah, that's how legends about time lines and multiverses and multi-dimensions get legs... :) whereas it boils down to who/what experiences in the various densities of a single universe...

Anyway, this reminded me of this post from way back:

One possibility is that of being included in some sort of "video-conferencing" produced by some hypno-telepatho-influencing beings-in-training so as to project onto a specific target without affecting other beings in the vicinity.

Timeline shifts and jumping densities/universes occur anytime one starts daydreaming/fantasizing while waiting for the bus and not realize the bus came by and went... a desynchronization occurs between physical reality and one's mind reality.

Then, there is the conundrum of who/what experiences what, as described by Truman Cash in one of his books that I posted here (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?70290-What-happened-to-me&p=819993&viewfull=1#post819993) (<---):


One source I found that recounts an abduction from two, if not three, of the components' perspectives is Truman Cash in one of his e-books (don't remember whether it's "The Programming of a Planet (http://www.lunahelia.com/docs/cash.zip)" or "Eye of Ra (http://www.lunahelia.com/docs/cash2.zip)?"), that is:

One of Truman's recounts describes an abduction where there's a biological body at the wheel of a car, another body being abducted and worked on by the ETs and then someone witnessing the whole thing... all coming back together to swerve the car from running into the ditch.
Thinking of it, the slapping together of body+mind+spirit to concoct an indvidual being, gives a totally different meaning to the meme "We are all ONE!" as a battle cry of synchronized bodies+minds+spirits... never mind... carry on...


:fans:

... see? There is an ultimate witness that's looking at the pictures of the other two AIs (a physical body that's on autopilot driving a car, and one energetic body being programmed/implanted/zombiefied)... and that's YOU!

[onawah]

Countdown to Apocalypse: Hopi Blue Star Warns of Mass Extinction (S1, E4) | Full Episode
545,110 views May 18, 2022
9.3K
HISTORY
10.4M subscribers

"The Hopi people have warned us that the world is headed for extinction. Based in the Arizona Desert, the Native American tribe of the Hopi has been prophesying about the fate of society for centuries, in Season 1, Episode 4, "Hopi Blue Star."

Bu_rSpmEcxw

(The date of the end of the Mayan calendar is still fairly controversial, but it's clear now that it wasn't 2012.
The geomagnetic pole reversal which is already in progress causes many earth changes, and there are other causes of cataclyms that may also occur, both related and urelated. to Earth's magnetism.
The Hopi predicted the appearance of a "blue star" (possibly Hale Bopp comet) at the "end times", but the rest of their description of the end times easily correlates to changes the pole reversals have wrought in the past.
Edgar Cayce didn't give a date for the time when he thought the earth changes would begin, but he did say that earthquakes and volcanic activity would be on the rise, and that when Mt. Etna and Mt. Pele are eruping simultaneously, that the changes would have begun in earnest.
See: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?107798-Geomagnetic-Reversals-and-Ice-Ages&p=1442161&viewfull=1#post1442161
The predicted end by fire could be explained by a mini nova-like killshot from the Sun which has been predicted by Ben Davidson of SuspeciousObservers, and other scientists. )

Also posted here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?107798-Geomagnetic-Reversals-and-Ice-Ages&p=1509729&viewfull=1#post1509729

There are many more in the series of apoctalyptic predictions and prophecies from the History Channel.
Playlist here:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLscHEankZu_65XD8Pxs9hAbzI0mkf39KT

[Bill Ryan]

I wrote a couple days ago on the Biden's Earlobes (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?118978-Biden-s-Mysterious-Earlobes-need-your-help-) thread:



There may be a sleight-of-hand maneuver, maybe before the end of this year, such that both Biden and Kamala will step down from office in quick succession (and very dangerous for us all, if so).


Dave Paulides agrees. In this new video, just 19 mins long, he argues that it's extremely possible that the following will happen:


Kamala will be made an offer she can't refuse, and will resign as VP.
Gavin Newsom will be appointed VP. (Biden will be TOLD to to this.)
Biden will be removed from office via the 25th Amendment.
Newsom will become President.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DQB2scswqcM

[Eva2]

Some astrological predictions for August forward from Joni Patry:

'Monthly Predictions & Spiritual Insights: August 2022

To my Dear Friends and Community,

And so it begins…A chaotic concert is commencing, and the end of the year will lead to a concerning crescendo. The remainder of this year will be action-packed with one shocking event after another.

Before we dive in, I would like to remind everyone that if you enjoy my monthly spiritual insights, then you may very much enjoy my new digital magazine, Astrology Insights. Last month was the first issue, and we got some remarkably positive feedback! Each issue is filled with in-depth articles, interviews and predictions of all things Vedic Astrology and other Vedic sciences like Ayurveda, Yoga and Palmistry. For under $10/month, you can indulge in more spiritual insights from thought leaders around the world.
Sign up for the magazine here!
Now, let’s get into August.

These next few months are overflowing with immensely impactful astrological events, and we can be assured that major world events will play out. Here are some key dates:

August 1: Uranus/Rahu/Mars conjunct @ 24 degrees Aries
September 26 – October 7: Saturn and Uranus last square at 24 degrees Capricorn/Aries
August 24: Uranus turns retrograde @ 24 degrees Aries
August 14 -16: Mars conjunct worse fixed star Algol
Mars in Aries - August 10 enters Taurus
September 9: Mars enters Shadow zone of Mars retrograde
Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto all retrograde
October 25: Solar Eclipse: 7 degrees Libra, Ketu 19 degrees Libra
October 30: Mars turns retrograde @ 1 degree Gemini
Let’s dissect some of these dates a bit more.

The Uranus, Rahu and Mars conjunction July 31-August 1st kick starts the round of events with an explosive effect that will surprise everyone around the world. It is very rare that all three planets collide exactly on the same degree, plus this is the same degree that transiting Saturn retrogrades back to station @ 24 degrees Capricorn to square this previous triple conjunction. This mix represents major events. The Saturn and Uranus square is a hard aspect that occurs every 11 -12 years and historically has caused huge natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storms, economic downturns, airline crashes, and many deaths (from research article July issue Joni Patry’s Astrology Insights). In addition, Uranus turns retrograde this month which is also notorious for creating earthquakes. Plus, six weeks prior to eclipses there are typically more earthquakes.

Mars transiting in Aries intensifies the energy of Mars, and being in its own sign of rulership means Mars’ effects will be stronger. Mars rules violence, anger, war, weapons, and fire. Things quickly begin heating up with building events, but when Mars goes into Taurus on August 10th, the heat will turn to flames. Mars will be transiting over a very detrimental fixed star, Algol. This star literally means decapitation and is symbolic of people losing their minds. I expect there will be a barrage of events involving insane and unpredictable behaviors.

Because Mars will begin to slow down in speed due to the on coming retrograde, Mars will stir up more violence around the world. Just as we note the shadow period of Mercury retrograde, there will also be the beginning and an end of a shadow period of Mars retrograde. What this means is that when a planet is actually retrograde it will transit through certain degrees of the zodiac, but before and after when a planet transits over these degrees (even though it is not retrograde) it gives the effects of it being retrograde. Mars will be retrograde October 30 – January 12, 2023, and it will be retrograde at 1 degree Gemini to 14 degrees Taurus. As Mars transits over these degrees, before and after it is retrograde it will feel like it is retrograde . Mars is in the shadow phase from September 9 till October 30. And although it turns direct on January 12, it will still be in the shadow zone till March 15.

This begs the question: Historically, what kind of events have been caused by this retrograde? As you are probably aware, the cycle of Mars is monumental in its effects. I always consider Mars as a trigger to all the events presently going on.

Mars’ cycle is very interesting, as it basically moves up approximately one sign when it goes retrograde every two years. This means that the next time it goes retrograde in two years, it will be in the sign of Cancer (since it will retrograde in early Gemini this year). But sometimes Mars will skip one sign in the cycle of retrograding all 12 signs. It usually takes about 16 years to retrograde through all the 12 signs.

The last time Mars was retrograde in early Gemini, stationed directly 0 degrees in Gemini, was January 2008. During this cycle, it was retrograde solely in Gemini so it skipped Taurus. The last time Mars was retrograde entirely in the sign of Taurus was October 1990 – January 1991. Going back, there was a recession in 1990, and we saw some countries broken apart while others united. Yugoslavia broke apart into six republics while Germany’s east and west united. In both cases, there was an economic recession which makes sense since Taurus is the sign of money and finances.

I believe eclipses and the placements of Rahu and Ketu are the most powerful determinants for prediction in astrology. The next huge event involves the Solar Eclipse which occurs October 25 @ 7 degrees Libra and Ketu will be 19 degrees Libra. The effects of this eclipse will begin now, and much preparation must be sought out. The degree markings of the eclipse plus the Mars retrograde makes me believe that this is a crucial and sensitive time.

I have never seen these degree markings so telling as to the crises I see coming. Let me explain in detail.

When making world predictions we as astrologers must take into account the charts of world leaders to better understand what these planetary aspects could bring.

As noted, the solar eclipse degree is 7 degrees Libra and President Biden’s natal Moon is 7 degrees Aries, which is exactly opposed to the Solar eclipse degree. His natal Mars sits at 19 degrees Libra exactly where transiting Ketu will be at the time of the eclipse. Furthermore, around the same time Mars goes retrograde at 1 degree Gemini, this links up Kamala Harris’ chart as her Ascendant and Rahu @ 1 degree of Gemini is the degree of stationary Mars. On top of that, Chinese President Xi Jinping’s natal Sun sits at 0 degrees Gemini. This connects the dots of world events that are due to occur at this time.

President Biden is in a very difficult place since Ketu is crossing his Mars in the 12th house of hidden enemies and health. His natal Mars rules his 6th house of open enemies and health, and Mars sits in his 12th house of loss. This is extremely critical! You can see this in his chart below.




To view the charts, click any image above to expand it.
On another note, the Solar eclipse occurs @ 7 degrees Libra and Harris’ natal Mercury sits at 8 degrees of Libra. With the eclipse on her natal Mercury (ruler of her chart) and retrograde Mars stationing on her ascendant and Rahu, there will be an event that is extraordinarily stressful and karmic that will shift the course of her life remarkably. This could mean she takes over the Presidency and a stream of events will change the course of history. Riots and chaos will follow, and somehow China may be involved as Jinping’s planets are connected to Harris’ chart. Plus, in the the United States birth chart natal Mars sits at 0 degrees Gemini, right where transiting Mars will station.

And if that wasn’t enough, let’s look at U.S. Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi’s chart. Pelosi will be visiting Taiwan and her chart ties into this triple conjunction of Uranus, Rahu, and Mars, indicating something massive is about to come down. Her natal Moon sits at 24 degrees Libra exactly opposed this conjunction. Additionally, her natal Saturn sits at 7 degrees Aries exactly opposite the October Solar eclipse of 7 degrees Libra. Amazingly, President Biden, Vice President Kamala Harris, and Speaker Nancy Pelosi all have planets connecting the events that represent great danger and major events that will change our world.

The Astrological evidence is astounding, and I am predicting a huge turn of global events. Regardless how this all plays out, the world will go through a major transformation and will never be the same. The onset is now in August as the Uranus, Rahu and Mars collide, and they set the stage of all that is coming.

My predictions are purely based on astrology with probabilities that some of it can be averted, but these are planets (AKA“Grahas” in Vedic astrology). They take hold of us, the future is already set into motion, and the momentum is moving us towards these events. It would take a monumental force to stop this, and now more than ever is the time we must diffuse this energy.

Please, focus on the light and good to come forth. Everything happens for a reason, and we may not understand the reason now. I do believe that we are constantly healing and sometimes things must be destroyed to create anew.

This is symbolic in the Indian myth of Shiva, god of destruction. Shiva is commonly depicted with a third eye which is a symbol of higher consciousness, but this eye can also be used as a weapon to destroy his enemies “with fire”. He can also kill all the gods and other creatures during the periodic destruction of the universe. The cosmic dance of Shiva is the Dance of Bliss, and symbolizes the cosmic cycles of creation and destruction, as well as the daily rhythm of birth and death.

The dancing Shiva essentially destroys the illusion of this world, and this is what we need to focus on during these turbulent times. My message in this Spiritual Insights is to pray and meditate to dissolve the illusion of this world and seek higher consciousness. We are all together, no matter our backgrounds or beliefs. This is truly our purpose in this world.
But as the chaotic concert brings hysteria and overpowering noise, how can we focus our spiritual energy? This will come from deep within. We must still the mind through meditation and focus on peace and love that is truly coming for all of humanity. The part that we must detach from is our opinion of how this is to occur. Let go of all personal beliefs of how and what should happen based on our view of the world. It is our negative beliefs that fuels the political wars waged in this world.

You are not truly praying for peace if you are attached to the conditions and outcome. It is time we wake up to the illusion of this world and as things become more emotionally charged, we have even more opportunity for spiritual growth. Allow the power of the Divine to do what is best for our planet and humanity because when you sincerely ask, it is granted. May the Divine heal the world and humanity and bring peace and love to all. Be the light that creates the ripple in time for the most benevolent change. Conduct the concert to a beautiful symphony of love and kindness.

Before we end, I’d also like to share some exciting news! We will be starting our Jaimini Scholar course on August 25th. The interactive course will be hosted by Shreekala Ram, who recently published a book on Jaimini Astrology and has been a speaker on this topic at various astrology conferences. Whether the novice astrologer or the seasoned professional, you will find this course extremely valuable. Signup today before all spots are filled!
Signup for the Jaimini Astrology Course here!
And here are a few important dates for the first week of August:

August 05: Venus quincunx Saturn at 28 degrees Gemini/Capricorn

This is a time where people will be feeling uncomfortable with pleasure, responsibility, and commitments in relationships. Try not to shut yourself out from others during this time. It will be easier to connect with others if you have something in common to discuss such as a shared project or task. By learning to embrace your vulnerability while maintaining a practical and disciplined approach, you will be able to make best use of your relationships.
August 07: Mars square Saturn 28 degrees Aries/Capricorn

This transit will require a lot of patience as it will bring a lot of frustration and disappointments. People’s desires and needs will grow stronger. However, people will have a hard time expressing them. Try to take it easy during this time. The harder to try to pursue your agenda, the more difficulties, and resistances you might face. Lay low from authority figures who are trying to undermine you. Being in defense mode will be better and the good news is that this transit is very short and temporary. It will quickly pass.
A special thank you to Goutam Gupta for all his help on these key dates!
I hope this month brings you some support and balance.

With gratitude,

Joni Patry'

[mountain_jim]

I wrote a couple days ago on the Biden's Earlobes (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?118978-Biden-s-Mysterious-Earlobes-need-your-help-) thread:



There may be a sleight-of-hand maneuver, maybe before the end of this year, such that both Biden and Kamala will step down from office in quick succession (and very dangerous for us all, if so).


Dave Paulides agrees. In this new video, just 19 mins long, he argues that it's extremely possible that the following will happen:



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DQB2scswqcM

Have not watched yet, but it occurs to me that so many of Kamala's staff leaving already might imply they are hearing she may be induced to step down, and looking for their next jobs. (Maybe this data point mentioned in video? Or it could just be not wanting to go down with this sinking ship, without hearing of any upcoming changes)

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-11064805/Another-one-bites-dust-Kamala-Harris-director-public-engagement-leaving-role.html

Another one bites the dust! Kamala Harris' director of public engagement is leaving his role as Biden's White House sees 34 senior staffers leave


Michael Collins announced his resignation in a letter to staff, leaving his post after only 16 months
It has been a difficult decision, but I’ve decided to leave this amazing experience in the middle of August,' he reportedly wrote
His resignation comes as more than 30 other staffers within the Biden Admiration have left
Most departures come as the individuals take on different roles amid reports that some feel there is little room for upper movement in the administration


(more at link)

[gini]

I See the Future and It’s Hell on Earth,' Warns Trends Forecaster Gerald Celente--5/8/22--30 min.---

"This time, there will be no getaway plan [for investors]," warns trends forecaster and publisher of the popular Trends Journal, Gerald Celente. The crisis that we are facing now is unprecedented and he believes, " we are in a "new world disorder." he tells our Daniela Cambone. Gerald warns, "When all else fails they take you to war, and this economy has failed." He says, "Gold prices should have been skyrocketing the last three years," but financial institutions are stifling the price. "Gold prices should be $2,500 an ounce, they're rigging the precious metals market," he concludes.-
3avgtqPKVc8

[TomKat]

Tarot reader Three Hoodoo Sisters is pretty good at predicting. She predicted for 2022 in January. Basically, it's the economy and gas prices, increasing crime, and then war.

https://youtu.be/04x1diWjxwM

[TomKat]

Vedic astrologer Joni Patry predicts that the full moon on 11 Aug will harm the global economy:

https://youtu.be/kavmLQ6v50Q

also more food and supply chain problems. Lots of changes around world leaders.
and she also mentions people losing their heads, over-emotional
https://youtu.be/jyE0ffADwO4

[syrwong]

The Asian I-Ching master Zheng BoJian foresees the Lunar month of July (8-7 to 9-6) to be the darkest month of this year. This is in agreement with Chinese astrology that the Year (water tiger) is the King and anything that opposes the Year will suffer. This month opposes the Tiger in two ways and so will be the most disastrous. How he sees the crisis is in economics I have no idea. This video is subtitled.

r1FUHeXHAiM

I believe certain major currency will collapse or devaluate greatly which triggers a worldwide monetary crisis. The current banking system may not hold. My worry is with the HK dollar. It has been attacked viciously in recent months and is bearly maintaining the peg to the US dollar at the lowest level. For some reason they have not raised the interest rate following the Dollar, which is one reason capitals are moving away.

China is not likely to invade Taiwan this month. It may wait until after the 20th National Party Congress in which the head of state for the next 5 years is confirmed. That will happen in October.

[TomKat]

Vedic astrologer Joni Patry predicts war with China by end of October 2022


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SddMDlo2NWs

Many people think Vedic astrology is better for world events than Western Tropical astrology.

[Brigantia]

Joni Patry's latest email predictions for September - interesting times!

"September is the quiet before the storm. During this time, events will be building towards a great purging. The end of September may bring chaos, but this is an amazing time to look within for self-realization and transformation.

Before Mercury turns retrograde, it will be in exact opposition to Jupiter on September 2nd at 2 degrees Virgo/Pisces. This is a great day to plan events requiring great mental focus, meetings, classes, learnings, and travel. Jupiter and Mercury are in a beautiful exchange of energy which can lead to profound realizations for future successes. Take advantage of this incredibly positive energy! Both planets will oppose each other three times, but it is the first and last opposition where Mercury will be direct. September 2nd, September 18, and October 11th are the dates they exactly oppose each other.

There are two Astrological benchmarks for September. The first is Mercury retrograde in Virgo as opposed to Jupiter. Mercury retrograde is generally a time to review, reassess, and reflect. This is a very special Mercury retrograde since Mercury is in Virgo (its sign of exaltation), meaning it is more powerful than normal. To further magnify its energy, Mercury is also opposed to Jupiter. Retrogrades often lead to past events being resurfaced and further analyzed. Retrogrades give 20/20 vision in hindsight. In September, we have Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto all in retrograde. Hidden past events will be revealed and the truths will be uncovered. Those who have anything to hide will be exposed.

The second benchmark this month is probably the most potent aspect occurring this year. It is the last (fourth time) and final square of Saturn and Uranus. The hard aspects of these two planets always create major events of sudden change. The hard aspect of Uranus and Saturn occurs every 11 years (conjunction, opposition, square). Previous hard aspects involved major earthquakes, airline crashes, and terrorist attacks.

But what makes this particular aspect much more volatile than normal is the fact that both planets are moving at a very slow rate of speed - making them more powerful. This is because Saturn is stationing to turn direct (October 22nd) and Uranus is stationing as it just turned retrograde on August 24th. Both planets are also exactly at 24 degrees Capricorn/Aries from September 26 -October 6. All of these factors are reasons to believe that the world will change and experience intense events and mass emotions.

Take note of this degree marking again, as it involves 24 degrees of a cardinal sign. Mars, Rahu, and Uranus, conjunction hit 24 degrees Aries on August 1st, and I believe this is a trigger to activate that recent triple conjunction. Anyone with 24 degrees of the Sidereal cardinal signs, Aries, Cancer, Libra, or Capricorn will experience major effects in their own lives. Saturn and Uranus activating this degree represent a breakdown of the old outdated governmental laws. Things must change now!

Mercury turns retrograde on September 09 and turns direct on October 02 from 15 – 00 degrees of Virgo. As Mercury transits retrograde, on September 18th, Mercury and retrograde Jupiter will be exactly opposed at 10 degrees Virgo/Pisces. Then, on October 11th, Mercury and Jupiter will exactly oppose the 3rd time at 7 degrees Virgo/Pisces. Each time they exactly oppose, past events will be resurfaced and uncovered. The last opposition, direct Mercury, will surface some incredibly shocking information. We will begin to understand worldwide coverups, but don’t forget that this also applies to your personal lives. The facts will speak the truth as these two planets empower each other. Mercury in Virgo is incredibly powerful and brings total transparency.

Jupiter transits the entire zodiac about every 10 - 12 years and Mercury retrogrades in the same element for a year. The last time transiting Jupiter was in Pisces and Mercury was in the earth element of Virgo both retrograde in October of 1975. They opposed each other in the later degrees in these signs.

The most important events from that time were:

A recession and OPEC’s oil led to exorbitant gas prices.
Heavy government spending on the Vietnam War.
Wall Street stock crash in 1973-74.
On April 30, 1975, U.S. involvement in the Vietnam War came to an end.

Today, oil prices continue to be an issue causing a recession and the stock market is extremely volatile. Plus, the U.S. is spending billions on the Ukraine war, and I believe there is more to come. But most importantly, the end of the Vietnam war occurred which means this aspect can bring great hope with many realizations.

Another important transit this month is Mars in Taurus. This is very important because Mars will be in this sign for a very long time. It is also slowing down to go retrograde by October 30th. Mars will be in Taurus while still direct from August 10 – October 15. It will briefly be in Gemini from October 15 – November 13. As Mars will turn retrograde on October 30, it will be in Taurus again from November 13 – March 12. Looking back to the previous Mars retrogrades in Taurus may show a glimpse of the future. The previous times were 2008 and 1991. In each case, there was a very serious recession. This means the economy will be a significant problem, and this reality must be addressed and worked on while Mars is in Taurus.

Furthermore, Mars in Taurus will stir up incredible anger, violence, and possible wars around the world. The stars in this constellation (Algol, Aldebaran, and the Pleiades) are hugely intense. Planets that conjunct Aldebaran are aspecting by the exact opposition Antares which is the star of war. So, the zodiacal area of 14 -16 degrees of Taurus/Scorpio is treacherous, activating these very powerful stars.

The eclipse period is coming in October and November when both Solar and Lunar eclipses will be incredibly intense. The eclipses combined with the Mercury and Mars retrogrades, and the surfacing of reality and truths in September and October will finally generate a massive clean-up and then healing.

This month's important spiritual message involves using this beautiful and exalted Mercury retrograde opposing Jupiter. Mercury rules the mind and intelligence, and Jupiter opposes it from the spiritual sign Pisces. Listen to the guidance from within to receive all your answers. Don’t let others persuade you when you know the truth from within. You will be receiving direction and messages from that inner voice, and it’s time to trust and sincerely use that intuition. Your intuition will not lead you astray, and you will grow by leaps and bounds. You will become stronger spiritually which will help you understand the profound lessons being given to us at this powerful time in history. You will be prepared and transcend the massive changes about to cleanse and transform our world.

Keep watching and preparing, as October is really the month that will be explosive. I will be sending out many powerful messages as this is the time of massive, unexpected changes that will change everything forever! We are now in the countdown for take-off!"

[norman]

Soon there will be no one left who pronounces the word Dissonance correctly.

[TomKat]

Vedic Astrologer Joni Patry says the US government and economy will see extreme changes from now through mid-2024.

Hvy9MZsMiWY

[Snoweagle]

Full Spectrum Survival

RUSSIA: "IT'S OVER". CHINA MUST ACT NOW. VLADMIR PUTIN SAYS THAT THEY HAVE EVIDENCE OF BIO WAR.

Covers several topics relating to warfare, economics, politics, the relationships and the global crisis we are in now.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=__4b6ny3hms&t=1309s

__4b6ny3hms

[Baby Steps]

We are seeing with Bidens latest speech a really clear and obvious psychology of cementing the divide - enhancing the false dialectic of opposition that is forming in the usa - a friend called it ‘the first speech of the new American civil war’ . We know that this is false, unnecessary and contrived.

It’s just more divide and rule .

Are things so different on the international scene ? Two vast blocs are forming. They both have their ethos , and logic. The Russians are working with a number of nations and energy producers to break the tyranny of the overvalued western currencies . Since the usa system has now become addicted to quantitative easing there is sense to Russias strategy . But does that mean that they are the ‘good guys’ or that their attempts to break the tyranny mean that they are bringing freedom ?

Not necessarily . Putin has links to Schwab and the WEF. The deliberate dismantling of western prosperity is a key strategy of the globalist coup. Is it pure coincidence that Russia has a strategy that is congruent to the global coup that is rolling out ?

It’s probably just more divide and rule. It’s the people who can stop all this , not the elites .

[Isserley]

I agree that putin is not the new "messiah" and just because he may be anti-globalist doesn't mean he will bring anything better than that.. ex-kgb agent who kills journalists who dig into his past, lives the way he lives "very modestly" :no:, the epitome of goodness :no: .. I expect only gulags from him, so it's either that or covid camps in the future. They're all the same 💩

[onawah]

The Future of Spirituality 2 (Space Religion, Disclosure, LSD & Transhumanism)
9,724 views Premiered Sep 1, 2022
1.2K
Gigi Young
104K subscribers

(The transcription is not complete; there is much more in the video.)

"Gigi continues the discussion on where spirituality is going in the future ( Part One: https://youtu.be/r3JCgHKvEm0 ). In this second half of this discussion, we explore more challenges that we will face in the Spiritual Community in the coming years.

The main issue that will drive the false spirituality movement will be an incredible urge to relate with spiritual forces too externally. As mentioned in the prior video, this is an impulse that characterized the prior epochs of development (Lemuria and Atlantis) but holds no evolutionary value today. During our epoch, especially since the the Greco-Roman era, the forces of Spirit are now found inside of us. This means that the challenge of our current epoch is to go inward to develop. In truth, every external phenomenon is first an internal event. Thus this opposite impulse, to seek spiritual development through primarily external means, represents an inversion of truth and progress. It becomes dangerous, and causes the degeneration of the form, and essence, as only uniting with the current time and impulse can cause genuine spiritual awakening and evolution.

The first externalization and inversion will be the mass use of drugs, both natural and synthetic, to create altered states of consciousness.This will happen as spiritual "ceremonies", large and small, that will draw the participants out of their bodies and connect them with lower astral forces. Individuals that participate will think that they are participating in "ancestral traditions" but these "ceremonies" will not resemble any traditions of our ancestors and will be the creation of lost individuals who seek power, money and control.

Next, the externalization of spirit continues into transhumanism. Large groups of people will begin to think that the "super man" or awakened human is a human being that is augmented by technology. It is not understood in these cases that the exaltation of the human form comes from spiritual transmutation, not physical augmentation. This will be a dark chapter in human history as many people will damage themselves through this process. The initial phase will be pitched as glamorous, and as a way to heal degenerative diseases. A large part of this movement will begin with younger generations physically hard wiring themselves to virtual reality video games. These games will have large money prizes for winners and participants.

Sooner than we think we will also be confronted with a different challenge: Disclosure and a new Space Religion. Individuals will come forward, many that are part of secret agencies, claiming that they can bring forward disclosure. However, this first wave of disclosure is completely false and driven by the very individuals that have been keeping secret. This is an attempt to introduce a new era to the public, an era of advanced technology and, most of all, a new space/tech oriented religion. The religion that arises from this false disclosure movement is of the impulse of the transhumnanist and drug shaman mentioned above. Their objective will be to glamorize people with "spiritual technologies" as well as re-write the past, and human origins.

All of these stages will have their time, as similar events occurred in past epochs under slightly different circumstances. They are, in fact, a repeat of certain patterns and scenarios that occurred in Atlantis, and even Mu. Their degree of severity is yet to be determined as humanity has the capacity to develop, and thus awaken, to the true nature of these dangerous events. Each person is responsible for their own evolution out of this challenging developmental phase."

Suggested:
The Holy Human Form:
https://youtu.be/ioBNhxgwqg4
Human Creation & Evolution
https://youtu.be/oK6RKo8Mm0k
Mars Mysteries Playlist
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list...


Source: https://youtube.com/watch?v=YrgZH7JTKJI

Also posted here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?113646-Gigi-Young-Talks&p=1516211&viewfull=1#post1516211

[Eva2]

I'm not so sure with this prediction - there's a couple of things she's said that I'm not buying.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N-FAI4N11mA

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

This is a really interesting article about predictions for the world of 2022. What makes it particularly interesting is it was written in 1922, one hundred years ago. He comes up with some quite imaginative scenarios, and he's not far away with some of them. A thoroughly absorbing read.


The New York Herald
~What The World Will Be Like in a Hundred Years~
By W. L. George
May 7, 1922

THERE is a good old rule which bids us never prophesy unless we know,
but, all the same, when one cannot prophesy one may guess, especially
if one is sure of being out of the way when the reckoning comes. Therefore it
is without anxiety, that I suggest a picture of this world a hundred years hence,
and venture as my first guess that the world at that time would be remarkable
to one of our ghosts, not so much because it was so different as because it was so similar.....

Link to read all of it. (https://www.loc.gov/resource/sn83045774/1922-05-07/ed-1/?sp=87&st=text&r=0.394,0.683,0.239,0.285,0)

49740

[onawah]

Dr Richard Alan Miller, Emergency Podcast, PT1
14,856 views Premiered Oct 20, 2022
1.2K
Leak Project
402K subscribers

flqB1IuzxPQ

(Assuming this thread will evolve into predictions for 2023 and beyond, this discussion with Richard Alan Miller should fit here.
The question is whether we can make out what's actually being said, and for most, it will take some concentration--Miller's train of thought isn't easy to follow as he skips around from subject to subject.
And some words have been obscured, presumably to avoid censorship.
One of the subjects he mentions is the current rash of earthquakes, and Dutchsinse's updates have been quite interesting on that subject too.
He also mentions SuspiciousObservers youtube channel and the info presented there, though he didn't go into any detail except to recommend that we create Victory Gardens.
More to come in Part 2, hopefully. )

[gini]

CATHY O’BRIEN REVEALS WHAT THE PSYCHOPATHIC ELITE ARE PLANNING NEXT--- 22/10/22--26 min--Cathy O’Brien is one of the most important truth tellers responsible for blowing the whistle on the CIA MK Ultra program and exposing the elite pedophile rings that have infiltrated the corridors of power at the highest levels around the world in recent decades.

In 1995 O’Brien published the book Trance Formation of America which detailed her experiences within the government mind control program Project Monarch, which was part of the CIA’s notorious Project MK Ultra.

For instance, mainstream America was shocked and appalled by the tiny slivers of detail the mainstream media let out about the Jeffrey Epstein case. But anyone who had educated themselves by reading Trance Formation of America would not have been surprised at all.

O’Brien recently sat down with the Man in America program to share her insights into the COVID-19 psyop and discuss what is at stake for the future of humanity.

In 2022, Cathy O’Brien’s voice has never been so important. Having lived through the Covid psyop, humanity has suffered at the hands of the globalist elite and they consider us ripe for the picking.

---At around 15 min starts her warning about the elites' plans..--

/8fOrVVc3OA0a/

[norman]

Bill Gates said there's going to be a 'hung' election followed by a civil war, kinda
https://www.businessinsider.in/tech/news/bill-gates-says-political-polarization-may-bring-it-all-to-an-end-and-could-even-lead-to-a-civil-war/articleshow/94504356.cms

https://imageio.forbes.com/specials-images/imageserve/632e12ed7db2663b01dd5385/Bill-Gates-/1960x0.jpg?format=jpg&width=960

Gates has been "Nostradamus" so far, so . . . . .




maybe:

President Trump will be arrested and taken to Gitmo before the end of 2022.

:pop2:


https://rubyraymedia.com/images/easyblog_articles/2162/b2ap3_large_Trump-the-matador.jpg

[Eva2]

Reading reports, comments and posts about a sort of "beware next week" thing coning up. Maybe something or maybe nothing. Here's one of the "reports" from an astrologer (Joni Patry)

'Weekly Forecast: November 7th - 13th

This transit will bring many unexpected things in every way. We must consider that worry can become a conflict for us at this time. It’s important to remain aware of it to be able to cope with the situation. Let’s take care of our mental strength and health, as well as our inner peace.

We must give ourselves time to stop, breathe, concentrate on what we feel, and move on. Lean on the people who love you and love you back!'

[Bill Ryan]

From Mike Adams, yesterday. (And it's hard to disagree with much of this)


https://naturalnews.com/2022-12-12-must-see-predictions-and-solutions-for-2023.html

The world you once knew is OVER: 12 must-see predictions (and solutions) for 2023

Today’s Situation Update podcast (see below) covers 12 predictions and solutions for 2023. If you hope to navigate the coming year, you’ll want to keep these predictions in mind because they affect everything: Food availability, energy, money and finance, jobs, free speech and more. The 12 predictions are summarized below. The overall theme is that global governments will accelerate tyranny and infrastructure destruction while the people of the world continue to get red pilled. As they awaken to the truth about global depopulation and genocide against humanity, they will push back more aggressively against tyranny. As this takes place, alternative systems of money, communications, medicine and technology will flourish.

Here’s the overview of my 12 predictions for 2023:

1) Vax deaths accelerate as immune system destruction continues, thanks to “booster” shots (follow-up vaccine-assisted suicide). and anyone uninformed enough to keep jabbing their bodies with mRNA bioweapons. One expert recently testified before the U.S. Senate, sharing insurance statistics that reveal a 26% increase in mortality following covid-19 “vaccines.” That expert is Josh Stirling. As LifeSiteNews reports (https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/covid-vaccines-raise-mortality-rate-by-26-analyst-reveals-at-sen-ron-johnsons-roundtable/):

According to UK statistics, the people of that nation “who took the vaccine have a 26% higher mortality rate,” he said. “The people who are under the age of 50 who took the vaccine now have a 49% higher mortality rate. And worst of all, the people who only took one dose of the vaccine have an approximately 145% worse mortality rate.”

2) Exploding infertility and stillbirths – This is of course due to the spike protein bioweapons being produced in the bodies of pregnant moms after they are jabbed. The spike protein s incompatible with viable gestation. High vaccine-compliance countries like Taiwan are already experiencing shocking reductions in live births (https://newspunch.com/exposure-to-spike-protein-makes-women-infertile-scientists-warn/). Depopulation is here. As Dr. Janci Lindsay recently warned during a roundtable discussion organized by U.S. Sen. Ron Johnson (https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/molecular-biology-expert-warns-mrna-covid-jabs-could-sterilize-an-entire-generation/), covid jabs might, “sterilize an entire generation.” That process has already begun.

3) Deindustrialization of Europe – BASF has now announced it is shuttering operations across Europe, “as quickly as possible, and also permanently,” reports the Financial Times via AmericanExperiment.org (https://www.americanexperiment.org/german-chemical-giant-basf-will-downsize-in-europe-as-quickly-as-possible-and-also-permanently/). This means BASF is leaving Europe and permanently shuttering operations there. They’re setting up new operations in China, under the control of the CCP which will then be able to dictate which countries around the world are able to purchase the more than 45,000 industrial chemicals (including ammonia, used to make nitrogen-based fertilizers) manufactured by BASF. This is the end of industrialized Europe. The continent will now see the sharp plummeting of GDP, population, exports, industrial output and more. Expect millions to lose their jobs in 2023.

4) Crop failures / worsening food scarcity – Global fertilizer production is off by an estimated 40%. Crop yields are already suffering due to water vapor in the atmosphere caused by the Tonga volcanic explosion in January (https://www.brighteon.com/e67b07d8-67eb-4f84-9a96-34881eb978f1), which thrust water vapor into the mesosphere (well above the stratosphere). This water vapor reflects sunlight, reducing the amount of light reaching the crops on the surface of the Earth, while also cooling the globe. Right now, crop yields in the Southern hemisphere are substantially impacted by this phenomenon, with some regions reporting up to 50% reduction in crop yields (other regions are reporting less severe reductions such as 20%). Reducing sunlight — even a little — shortens growing seasons and reduces crop yields. This, combined with global fertilizer scarcity, means crops in 2023 and for several years thereafter will experience severe drops in yields, leading to global food scarcity and food inflation.

5) Inflation and bailouts / zombie stimulus – As the zombie economy continues to fail, governments will resort to fiscal stimulus to try to prop up the appearance of a functioning economic ecosystem. Despite the deflationary impacts of depopulation and engineered demand destruction, inflation will substantially worsen in 2023, and I predict that some foods will double in price over the next year. Watch for governments to find new excuses to pump money into the failing system: Pension bailouts, slave reparations payments, tax refunds and other stimulus vectors. In reality, millions of American workers will lose their jobs in 2023 as consumer demand plummets and an economic depression — far beyond a recession — takes hold.

6) Banking restrictions on withdrawals of cash – This is already taking place in Nigeria (https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-06/nigeria-limits-cash-transactions-to-push-enaira-and-other-payments), where bank customers are limited to withdrawals of just $45 a day of their own money. As more governments and central banks push hard into digital currencies, watch for them to make dealing with cash and banks more and more painful, if not at some point impossible. We anticipate bank freezes, bail-ins and insolvency failures beginning in 2023 and continuing for years to come.

7) Digital money rolling out – As Breitbart.com now reports (https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2022/12/11/uk-prepares-to-introduce-a-digital-pound-central-bank-digital-currency/), the UK government is pushing hard to launch a “Digital Pound” CBDC which would of course surveil every transaction by private citizens while allowing the government to restrict purchases or freeze wallets on command:
The de facto head of His Majesty’s Treasury announced this week that the Bank of England has begun consultations on implementing a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) that could usher in the globalist vision of a cashless society in which all transactions are traceable by the government.

They push for digital currencies will be aggressive, but globalists will likely be disappointed as the vast majority of consumers reject “surveillance money” and continue to demand the anonymity that comes with cash.

8) A new pandemic, worse than covid, with forced quarantines and vaccines under the new WHO treaty – This next pandemic is already being planned for 2023. As NewsPunch.com reports (https://newspunch.com/bill-gates-is-planning-catastrophic-contagion-that-kills-children-and-young-adults/), “Bill Gates Is Planning ‘Catastrophic Contagion’ That Kills Children and Young Adults.” That article references Mr. Gates’ planning of a second “catastrophic contagion” that is said to be worse than covid. It’s clear that globalists need another, more aggressive pandemic — combined with the new WHO pandemic treaty (see my recent interview with Dr. Francis Boyle here (https://www.brighteon.com/3420c36d-61eb-4343-96f5-b1f8e1949797)) — to force world populations into lockdowns, quarantines, masks and yet more vaccines.

9) Worldwide CLIMATE lockdowns and engineered fuel scarcity – The global controllers are on the verge of declaring “climate lockdowns” in 2023 (and years beyond) as the latest excuse to devastate economic productivity and farming. Watch for yet more government dismantling of fossil fuel infrastructure, fuel supply scarcity and forced limits on vehicular travel in European cities and states. The World Economic Forum, for example, has just openly called for ending private vehicle ownership across the planet (https://strangesounds.org/2022/12/just-that-world-economic-forum-calls-for-end-to-private-car-ownership.html). The effort to fully roll out climate lockdowns will take a decade or more, but it will begin in 2023 with pilot programs that are designed to test the public’s compliance. (See Climate.news (http://Climate.news) to stay up to date on the war on human activity being waged in the name of “climate science.”)

10) Populist revolts against corrupt governments and rigged elections – We are already seeing a revolt in Brazil, where the corrupt Lula regime and communist traitors in Brazil’s Supreme Court are widely accused of election rigging and covering up the evidence of such. Similarly, a strong pushback against election meddling is taking place in Arizona, too, and the American people are increasingly realizing their elections are rigged — and have been rigged — beyond the point of being able to out-vote the cheating. As food inflation worsens, joblessness increases and political frustration rises, we will witness a sharp increase in populist revolts across the western world.

11) Huge pushback against censorship by tech platforms, plus rising success of alt platforms – In the wake of the release of the damning Twitter Files, media analyst Jonathan Turley is pointing out (https://jonathanturley.org/2022/12/11/dupe-or-the-designated-defendant-the-criminal-case-against-jack-dorsey/) that Jack Dorsey may be facing a criminal indictment for lying to Congress about Twitter’s ongoing shadowbanning and viewpoint discrimination:

In September 2018, Dorsey testified under oath and denied what these files appear to now confirm. Rep. Mike Doyle, D., Pa., asked, “Social media is being rigged to censor conservatives. Is that true of Twitter?”
Dorsey responded, “No.”
Doyle then asked “Are you censoring people?”
“No,” Dorsey said…

It now appears that the entire company was operating as a censoring department… That group reportedly included Vijaya Gadde, head of Legal, Policy and Trust; Yoel Roth, the global head of Trust and Safety; CEOs Jack Dorsey and Parag Agrawal, and others.

Beginning in 2023, expect the U.S. House to launch a series of investigations in Big Tech platforms and their malicious, politically-motivated censorship and election meddling, including Facebook, Google, YouTube, Linked In and others.

12) Explosion in home gardening and off grid food production, local food barter – As food prices continue to climb and food scarcity worsens, we will see an explosion in home gardening activities. Home food production makes a lot of economic sense when grocery store food prices keep climbing. Once food rationing kicks in, home gardening will be relied upon by millions to stave off hunger. 2023 will be the year that home gardening takes off, and those who have garden seeds and gardening know-how will be in an advantageous position to avoid surrendering to FEMA camps because they ran out of food.

Another important trend not included in this list is the escalation of war with Russia, which the Pentagon and U.S. weapons manufacturers are aggressively pushing. This will not end well for Europe, and it seems that the USA is willing to sacrifice not just Ukraine but also Western Europe as a whole in its quest to defeat Russia. The plan isn’t working very well, as evidenced by the recent “oil price cap” fiasco that’s already turning out to be a poorly considered scheme which will only reduce oil supplies to western nations. In America, diesel shortages and jet fuel shortages are now a reality, with Orlando International Airport declaring a jet fuel emergency just yesterday (https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2022/12/travel-orlando-international-airport-fuel-shortage-may-impact-flights/).

I cover all these and more in today’s Situation Update podcast:

– Vaccine deaths accelerate, with 26%+ excess mortality and rising
– Live births falling in high-vax nations as babies aren’t surviving gestation
– BASF announces PERMANENT shut down of European operations
– Deindustrialization of Europe will accelerate; collapse now unstoppable
– Crop failures and food scarcity to worsen significantly in 2023
– Global push for digital money, CBDCs – financial tyranny on steroids
– Globalists will crash fiat currency and food supply, then pose as saviors
– Global populist revolts against government corruption and tyranny
– Blackrock warns central banks cannot stop the coming market implosion
– The era of easy money and easy stock gains is OVER
– Either path chosen by Central Banks leads to CATASTROPHE
– Humanity to lose between 1 – 4 billion people by 2033
– mRNA jab warning – they may “sterilize an entire generation” #depopulation
– You can survive it all, with knowledge and preparedness
– Interview with Goldback founder, physical currency infused with atomic gold

otj5cYCOcquQ

[mountain_jim]

11) Huge pushback against censorship by tech platforms, plus rising success of alt platforms – In the wake of the release of the damning Twitter Files, media analyst Jonathan Turley is pointing out that Jack Dorsey may be facing a criminal indictment for lying to Congress about Twitter’s ongoing shadowbanning and viewpoint discrimination:



I would never refer to Turley as only a 'media analyst' - he is one of the US's foremost legal scholars and constitutional lawyers, who happens to write on constitutional subjects such as the repression of free speech in the MSM ..



Jonathan Turley is an American attorney, legal scholar, writer, commentator, and legal analyst in broadcast and print journalism. A professor at George Washington University Law School, he has testified in United States Congressional proceedings about constitutional and statutory issues. He participated as a Republican witness in impeachment hearings and removal trials in Congress, including the impeachment of President Bill Clinton and both the first and second impeachments of President Donald Trump. Turley supported the impeachment of Democratic President Bill Clinton and opposed the impeachment of Republican President Donald Trump. He is a notable critic of the George W. Bush administration.

[Matthew]

From Mike Adams, yesterday. (And it's hard to disagree with much of this)

...

7) Digital money rolling out – As Breitbart.com now reports, the UK government is pushing hard to launch a “Digital Pound” CBDC which would of course surveil every transaction by private citizens while allowing the government to restrict purchases or freeze wallets on command:
The de facto head of His Majesty’s Treasury announced this week that the Bank of England has begun consultations on implementing a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) that could usher in the globalist vision of a cashless society in which all transactions are traceable by the government.

They push for digital currencies will be aggressive, but globalists will likely be disappointed as the vast majority of consumers reject “surveillance money” and continue to demand the anonymity that comes with cash.

...

Banter from me talking about a Christian prophesy I saw the other day. Christian prophesy isn't everyone's cup of tea so this warn you.

There's a Christian prophesy from Troy Black that I saw a couple of days ago, which implied a 'merger of sorts', accompanied with a vision of a rack server (see below), not next spring but the spring after, which will be the trigger for the second coming (which is a very joyous occasion for Christians, although truth be told this is a work in progress for me).

A 'merger or sorts', with an image of a rack server, gives me a crystal clear image; this is a data merge project. A data 'merge project' is what companies do when two companies merge together and become one. The data merge project might be to, for example, merge their list of customers.

The merge project will be arduous, with data cleaning and de-duping (getting rid of duplicates). A small data merge is childsplay for computers but large mergers are not childsplay because the volume of data turns this into a very difficult project. You will hear horror stories from sea-dog IT managers who have been involved in such projects for large corporations. I remember hearing a tale from an IT manager who worked for a huge, famous, global toyshop, and when he talked about their loyalty card merger project his face was ashen like he had survived the raft of the medusa.

My point is when I saw this prophesy, rightly or wrongly, I saw a merger of countries digital ids. Not every country has this set up yet, but they are already coordinated with each other, and as soon as they set it up for each country they will want to merge together for the coup de grâce and achieve a single global database. I bet the data schema is aligned already since the globalists are coordinating.

Just my thoughts in real time.

Troy Black's prophecy youtube: Coming: The Wedding of the Century - Prophecy | Troy Black (https://youtu.be/fV5XKpFjgnE)

https://www.ldpassociates.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Benefits-of-Using-a-Quality-Server-Rack.jpg

[onawah]

Alois Irlmaier prophecy
The Horrifying Prophecies of Alois Irlmaier
Posted By: RumorMail
Date: Tuesday, 16-Nov-2021
https://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?noframes;read=187149

"Alois Irlmaier prophecy is consistent with that of Siener van Rensburg. Both saw details of WW3 that suggest the use of Directed Energy Weapons. These weapons are already tested and perfected. More here: https://evolutionofconsciousness.health.blog/

--------------

Introduction – Nov 15, 2021

The following article was written nearly twenty years ago, and then updated in 2014. However, in the light of recent developments this slightly revised version is more relevant than ever

by Rixon Stewart | Nov 16, 2021

ALOIS IRLMAIER

In recent years both Russia and China have overhauled and extensively modernised their militaries. To such an extent that combined, they are now in a position to challenge the West’s military dominance.

When this article was first written they weren’t but things have changed and this makes the predictions of Alois Irlmaier all the more chilling.

Normally we would prefer to avoid prophecies, not because we don’t believe in them, but simply because nothing is written in stone. In the words of Lee Brown, talking at the Continental Indigenous Council in Fairbanks, Alaska in 1986: “Prophecies are always either/or.” In other words we have the power of choice and through our choices we shape our destiny, both as individuals and as nations and peoples. The cumulative result of all this is what some would call Karma; it’s not fixed but fluid, like a current in a stream, and subject to change as are our decisions.

Which may explain why some predictions made hundreds of years ago haven’t quite materialised as expected. The choices made since then have altered what would have happened had a certain course been followed, and here it should be mentioned that some individuals have the ability to see where a particular path or course of action could ultimately lead. One such was Alois Irlmaier who, unlike Jean Dixon or Nostradamus, remains relatively unknown outside of his native Germany. A simple, devout Christian he was interviewed by writer Conrad Adlmaier in the 50’s and what he said assumes an ominous new significance, particularly in the light of recent developments. In essence he saw the approach of another world war; Irlmaier’s words are in italic whilst this writer’s comments are in plain text.

Asked what causes the war, he responded:

“Everything calls peace. Schalom! Then it will occur — a new Middle East war suddenly flares up, big naval forces are facing hostility in the Mediterranean — the situation is strained. But the actual firing spark is set on fire in the Balkans: I see a “large one” falling, a bloody dagger lies beside him –then impact is on impact …”

“Two men kill a third high-ranked. They were paid by other people… One of the murderers is a small black man, the other a little bit taller, with bright-coloured hair. I think it will be at the Balkans, but I cannot say it exactly…”

In the midst of peace negotiations a murder occurs which triggers a much wider conflict, Irlmaier continues:

“…After the murder of the third it starts overnight… I see quite clearly three numbers, two eights and a nine. But I cannot say what it means and cannot state a time. The war begins at sunrise. He comes along very rapidly. The farmers sit in the pub playing cards, when the foreign soldiers look through the windows and doors. Quite black, an army comes from the east, but however everything occurs very rapidly. I see a three, but I do not know if it means three days or three weeks.

“Massed units march from the East into Belgrade and moved forward into Italy. Thereafter three armoured wedges immediately advance with lightening speed in the north of the Danube over West Germany towards the Rhine – without preliminary warning. This will occur so unexpectedly that the population flees full of panic to the west. Many cars clog the roads – if they had stayed at home or …not used the main streets. Everything, which will be an obstacle for the rapidly advancing tanks on high-speed motorways and other fast motorways, will be down-rolled. I cannot see the Danube bridges above Regensburg anymore. Hardly anything remains of the big city Frankfurt… The Rhine Valley will be devastated, mainly by air…”

Note the reference to “high-speed motorways,” which Irlmaier made in the early fifties, long before Europe’s system of autobahns and modern roadways was in place. And can’t you just see the traffic congestion as hordes of people try to escape the invading armies; or the invading armies advancing along the autobahn’s and clearing pathways for themselves as abandoned vehicles are “down-rolled” from the raised motorways?

“I see three spearheads coming…The Russian does not stop anywhere, while running in his three wedges. Day and night they run in order to reach the Ruhr-district, where the many furnaces and fireplaces are… Day and night the Russians run, inexorably their target is the Ruhr-district…”

History tends to repeat itself and what Irlmaier speaks of is not without precedent. It happened with Napoleon in 1812, when the Russians rose from the brink of defeat to push Napoleon back to France in a retreat that reduced his army from hundreds of thousands to a few hundred. Again in World War II the Russians turned from the brink of defeat at Stalingrad and drove Hitler’s army all the way back to Berlin. In both cases the Russians seemed to draw on hidden reserves when their opponents were ready to write them off. It’s almost part of the national character so when Putin bemoaned the state of Russia’s military in 2000, he was mindful that the Russian military was about to embark on a massive modernisation program.

Since then Russia’s military has transformed itself from an overweight Cold War behemoth to a lean, modern fighting machine. As witness its performance in Syria in 2015, where far from getting into a quagmire, as the West’s military had done in Afghanistan and Iraq, the Russian military and its equipment excelled.

This was not what many in the West had expected. At the time President Obama had warned that Russia would get “bogged down” in Syria but Russia’s intervention in Syria resulted in a swift and decisive victory; unlike America’s.

AN AMERICAN COUNTER-ATTACK

In response to Russia’s advances into Western Europe, Irlmaier foresees a U.S. counter strike.

“…Immediately the revenge comes from across the large water. However the yellow dragon invades in Alaska and Canada at the same time. But he comes not far…”

Simultaneously the Chinese launch an attack on North America, an attack which is not, however, entirely successful. This in turn is followed by the introduction of strange new weapons, in an effort to thwart the Russian advances in Europe and halt the armoured columns.

“…And then it rains a yellow dust in a line. When the golden city is destroyed, it begins. Like a yellow line it goes up to the city in the bay. It will be a clear night, when they begin to throw it. The tanks are still driving, but those who sit in theses tanks become quite black. Where it falls down, everything will become quite dead, no tree, no bush, no cattle, no grass, this becomes withered and black. The houses still exist. I don’t know what it is and so I cannot tell it. It is a long line. Who goes over this line, dies…Then everything in the spearheads breaks down…Nobody will come back anymore…

“…The airplanes drop a yellow powder between the Black Sea and the North Sea. Thus a death strip is created, straight from the Black Sea to the North Sea, as wide as half of Bavaria. In this zone no grass can grow let alone humans live. The Russian supply is interrupted.

“…From the east there are many caterpillars. But in the caterpillars everybody is already dead, although the vehicles keep rolling on, in order to gradually stop automatic… At the Rhine the attack is finally repelled. From the three spearheads no soldier will come home anymore…”

Irlmaier gives a further description of this new and devastating weapon:

“…the pilots throw off their small black boxes. They do explode, before they touch the soil, and spread a yellow or green smoke or dust. What comes into contact with this becomes dead, whether it is human, animal or plant. For one year no organism is allowed to enter this area, otherwise it will expose itself to the largest mortal danger….

“These boxes are satanic. When they explode, a yellow or green dust or smoke arises, everything that comes in contact to it, is dead…The humans becomes quite black and the meat falls off their bones, so sharply is the poison…nobody from these three armies will come home anymore”

And in retaliation a Russian counter-strike:

“ …then I see someone flying, coming from the east, who drops something into the large water, so that something strange will happen. The water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down, then everything is inundated. The whole action will not last long, I see three lines – three days, three weeks, three months, I don’t know exactly but it won’t last long.”

And then:

“There is an earthquake. The southern part of England slips into the water…One part . . . disappears, when the thing falls into the sea…The countries at the sea are endangered of the water heavily, the waves go high as a house; it foams, as if it would boil… Islands disappear… A part of the proud island sinks, if the thing falls into the sea, which the pilot drops. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down. What this thing is, I do not know. When it comes, I do not know.”

Of course one has to ask whether such a weapon is feasible and to answer that we need to go back; back to the Second World War in fact because such a weapon is not only feasible, it may already exist.
TSUNAMI BOMB

The idea of a bomb that triggers a tidal wave is not as outlandish as it may first appear. Towards the end of WWII a top-secret project was underway in the waters off the coast of New Zealand to perfect just such a weapon. Project Seal as it was known was a secret weapon developed under the auspices of British and American defence chiefs who considered it as important as the atomic bomb.

Prof Thomas Leech, dean of engineering at Auckland University, conducted the experiments in the sea off Auckland on the so-called Tsunami bomb; in recognition he was awarded the CBE in 1947. The existence of the weapon was only disclosed in 1999 when New Zealand’s Foreign Ministry released declassified documents. According to the papers British and American defence chiefs were keen to see the development of the weapon, which would be exploded near enemy territory with the intention of creating devastating tidal waves (2). It doesn’t take a genius to realise that if the bomb were to carry a nuclear charge it would inundate such low lying countries as Holland and southern England. Significantly the Russians are also said to have developed such a weapon.
DARKNESS AT NOON

Irlmaeir continues:

“During the war the big darkness comes, which last 72 hours. It will become dark at a day during the war. Then a hail impact, consisting of lightening and thunder, breaks out and an earthquake vibrates the earth. Please do not go out of the house at this time. The lights do not burn, except candle light, the current stops. Who inhales the dust, gets a cramp and dies. Do not open the windows, cover it completely with black paper…outside the death by dust goes around, many humans die. After 72 hours everything is over. But again: Do not go out of the house, do not look out of the windows, and keep the candle light burning. And pray. Overnight there will die more humans than in the two world wars before…”

“…Do not open the windows during the 72 hours…The cattle falls, the grass becomes yellow and dry, the humans will become quite yellow and black. The wind drives the clouds of death off to the east.”
THE WAR ENDS…FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING REVOLUTIONS

According to Irlmaier, sweeping revolutions mark the end of the war:

“…The city with the iron tower (Paris? Ed.) becomes the victim of its own people. They ignite everything. Revolution is, and everything is going wildly.”

Could it be that people across the planet suddenly realise that the same powers that profited from the first world war and then engineered Hitler’s rise to power are behind the devastating war Irlmaier speaks of? Could it be that fired by this sudden realisation people spontaneously rise up?

“The large city with the iron tower is on fire. But this has been done by its own people, not by those who came from the east…And in Italy it is going wildly too. They kill many people there and the Pope flees, but many clergymen will be killed, many churches collapse.”

Note that elements in the Vatican are said to be in league with the architects of the New World Order, an accusation that has been further underlined by the Archbishop of Lusaka. Currently at the Secretariat of the Holy See for Immigrants at the Vatican, Archbishop Millingo is convinced that there are active Satanists within the Vatican’s walls. According to Millingo: “There are priests and bishops, but…because I am an archbishop, higher than that I cannot go.”

Pope sits before a satanic inverted cross during a visit to Israel in 2000

His accusations echo charges made by the late Malachi Martin, the former Secretary of Cardinal Augustine Bea. According to Martin… “the prince of darkness, has had and continues to have his surrogates in the court of St Peter in Rome.” (3) However this sudden revolutionary realisation isn’t confined to the west, says Irlmaeir:

“In Russia a revolution breaks out and a civil war. The corpses are so much that you cannot remove them off the roads anymore…The large ones among the party leaders commit suicide and in the blood the great guilty is washed off…. I see a red mass mixed with yellow faces, it is a general riot and horrible killing.”

Coupled with this revolution comes a spiritual renewal:

“The cross comes to honours anew. The Russian people believe in God anew. They sing the Easter song and burn candles in front of sacred pictures. By the prayers of Christianity the monster from hell dies; also the young people believe anew in the intercession of the God’s mother.”

The spiritual renaissance is mirrored in the West too.

“If everything is over, a part of the inhabitants have died, and the people are frightened of God anew.”

Prompting a change in the abortion laws.

“The laws, which bring death to the children, become invalid… Then peace will be. A good time. The Pope, who had not to flee across the water for a long time, returns. When the flowers bloom in the meadows, he will return and mourn for his murdered brothers… After these events a long, lucky time comes… But the people have to begin there, where their grandfathers began.”(4)

The upheavals throw humankind back 100 years, in terms of technological development; more importantly though it triggers a spiritual renewal.

But naturally the question is: will these prophecies actually occur? Quite honestly this writer doesn’t know but ask yourself: how many millions actually voted for the West’s current leaders, how many millions endorsed Putin’s ascent to power? These are the very men leading the great mass of humanity like sheep to this slaughter, then ask yourself: what does it take to wake people up to the reality of the powers that lead them?

Could it be that the catastrophic events outlined in Irlmaeir’s prophecies are ultimately what wakes them?"

https://www.thetruthseeker.co.uk/?p=267

More discussion here of the prophecy:
3 DAYS OF DARKNESS-RUSSIAN INVASION OF EUROPE & YELLOW DRAGON INVADES NORTH AMERICA-ALOIS IRLMAIER*
EEARTS
12/12/22
18.3K subscribers

cXvrXpXhJQw

Also posted here: https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?107798-Geomagnetic-Reversals-and-Ice-Ages&p=1532827&viewfull=1#post1532827

[mountain_jim]

https://twitter.com/DrewHLive/status/1603062904605097986?s=20&t=l3wlm9IT5hYXE7CTOYcekg

1603062904605097986

[chrifri]

Doug Casey’s Top 4 Predictions for 2023

First, a relatively inconsequential flu, followed by a vaccine hysteria, got far more voluntary compliance to all manner of extreme measures than most anyone could have imagined. The powers that be found that the public is vastly more likely to do as they’re told if the rationale is health rather than politics, ideology, economics, or the like. So we can count on many replays of this tune, including mandatory vaccine passports and lockdowns.

Second, the drumbeat against the newly-minted enemy element, carbon, has reached manic levels. A substantial part of the population, and a large majority of youth, have been convinced that Global Warming will destroy the planet unless we go Green, stop using fossil fuels, and attempt to run an industrial civilization on windmills and sunshine. It stands a chance of destroying civilization.

Third, central banks are racing to impose CBDCs, while governments run multi-trillion dollar deficits and bailouts, doubling and tripling debt levels with little discussion. This is unprecedented.

Fourth, the widespread acceptance of Wokism, racial quotas, aggressive LBGT++ promotion, ESG, and DIE. There are serious discussions of race reparation payments and a Guaranteed Annual Income. It’s part of an accelerated general collapse of traditional moral values.

Furthermore his prediction for Gold, Stocks, Bonds/Interest Rates, Real Estate, Currencies, Cryptos and Oil can be found on the following link
https://internationalman.com/articles/doug-caseys-top-4-predictions-for-2023/

[Frankie Pancakes]

Will we see December 31, 2023?

https://thesaker.is/the-most-important-question/

Foreign Minister Lavrov has publicly declared that “unnamed officials from the Pentagon actually threatened to conduct a ‘decapitation strike’ on the Kremlin…What we are talking about is the threat of the physical elimination of the head of the Russian state, (…) If such ideas are actually being nourished by someone, this someone should think very carefully about the possible consequences of such plans.”

So, we have the following situation:

For Russia this war is clearly, undeniably and officially an existential one. To dismiss this reality would be the height of folly. When the strongest nuclear power on the planet declares, repeatedly, that this is an existential war everybody ought to really take it seriously and not go into deep denial.
For the US Neocons this is also an existential war: if Russia wins, then NATO loses and, therefore, the US loses too. Which means that all those SOBs who for months fed everybody nonsense about Russia loosing the war to the general public will be held responsible for the inevitable disaster.

[JackMcThorn]

Will we see December 31, 2023?

The short answer is yes.


...if Russia wins, then NATO loses and, therefore, the US loses too.

Good thing to notice is the u.s. is accustomed to losing pretty regularly. They tend to walk it off. And? And [it seems] no one really gives the u.s. as hard a time as you would think they might have earned.

Depending on which side of history you are on; the other side is 'crazy'. It's a typical line of thinking. The Russian seems very solid right now in their decision-making, particularly the recent move yesterday to ban oil transport to nations subject to the e.u. price ceiling.

If you think the decapitation strike from america sounds crazy; I would agree with you. The Russian is calculating and thoughtful [it seems] while the american [with this recent suggestion] seems desperate. To be honest, such a remark is suspicious because one would think it would be beyond Top Secret; with no public dissemination.

The next year will be interesting but it will go on.

Robert Frost of poetry lore was once asked what he thought about life. He replied 'It goes on.' I thought when I first read that [must have been a decade ago], with or without you it indeed persists.

[Wind]

Elizabeth April certainly has some genuine psychic skills, but take what resonates.

waM5L4Ue-8c

[Matthew]

Christian prophetic message for the UK in 2023 from Troy Black

Incomplete transcription and highlights by me.

p9Gnl4ZEjcg

6:20 Troy's prayer
https://youtu.be/p9Gnl4ZEjcg?t=380

6:47 How to let healing work
https://youtu.be/p9Gnl4ZEjcg?t=407

7:53 <--- "What I heard for the UK"
https://youtu.be/p9Gnl4ZEjcg?t=473

I saw a vision from the holy spirit of a Royal crown, then I heard The Lord say this:

They are about to go through a time of negotiating authoritative roles, rearranging work responsibilities.

Then I heard this phrase:

It's Charles' doing. He's making things happen [that] he's had on his mind for a long time; wishing things were heading in a certain direction and not being able to do anything about it.

So I will say a quick caveat: I understand that the Queen or the King of England does not have the same authority, and the same role and responsibility that they did at one point in history, it's not even close to the same thing anymore. So I do understand that, and I understand there's a separate government in a lot of ways making things happen. Please bear that in mind as I'm sharing this.
I also heard this, I heard The Lord say:

8:49
Look ahead and see what you see.

And I just sat there and waited upon The Lord and I began to see an image of a fire hydrant that was shooting water out in four directions at once. So typically a fire hydrant will have two sides and water (I believe) in only two directions, but this one was shooting out in four directions, and I heard The Lord say this:

9:09
Putting out fires, this is what's happening for the next year and a half.

He's talking about this nation, this idea of putting out fires. And then I saw an image, a vision, from The Lord of a roundabout, and I knew this was a like a British [road] roundabout where cars come to a stop but then [they continue by going round the circle in one fixed direction] for those of y'all that don't have roundabouts in your normal driving routine, you go into a circle then you come out on a different road. (edit add by Matthew: you can also come out the same way you came in lol)

https://i.imgur.com/aZvCtnz.jpg

https://i2.wp.com/www.darkerside.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/turborounadboutdesign.png?resize=437%2C448

And then I heard The Lord say this:

9:40
Going in circles. He's going to be going around in circles trying to make work what he wants, but he's also going to be giving people the roundabout while he's working on his plan behind the curtain. Regaining their influence but not through the traditional method. Progressive flow of thought in order to create a new "acceptable" form of influence.

Then I heard this phrase:

10:05
"One world government": working in that direction, he wants to head it up. So do many people of his calibre. "He who holds the influence holds the cards."

...is the phrase I heard. Let me step back and clarify, or step aside and clarify for a moment; I understand this is probably not going to happen, but The Lord is giving us a glimpse into the thought process behind those in leadership, or those potentially about to be in leadership, if that makes sense? The Lord is show, essentially, the thoughts inside the mind of, I believe, he's talking about King Charles.

Then The Lord said this: oh, and I will say this: I believe we're going to see some of the decisions being made, some of the things that are being said, some of the ways that things are handled, some of the wording even that's used is gonna kind of show this thought process and this mindset at work, in the days to come. Then I heard this:

11:17
The thoughts of man are like grass, they don't stand up to my wisdom, to my reasoning. They work in circles all day only to arrive at the same location; looking for life and meaning apart from Me.

11:30
Just like at the tower of Babel, they will be reasoning together to be able to "triumph" over the problems in this life. But the real problem is still hitting them in the face. Every person who ever tried for a single world ruling has failed and they died off. The same will happen here.

11:52 So again, practically speaking how much of a try are we going to see from this nation? I have no idea, probably not a lot but I believe we are going to see the mindset behind some of the decisions being made, and the desires of the heart that are being played out in the way things are said and the ways things are done.

...
22:00 This is a little bit more general then He got a little bit more specific a little later on but He said:

22:13
Someday it will happen.

He's talking about this idea of a one world government.

Someday it will happen in a way. But even then My plan stays steady and I will have the final say.

I know what I'm doing when I allow things like this to happen. I know how it fits into the puzzle of My plan for this Earth, and I can even use the reasonings of the "wise" to intercept lives and filter onto my road, away from the broad road that leads to destruction. Life is found in Me and my glory shines brighter and brighter from this day on in order to bring people into myself.

[...] God is saying you don't have be afraid He can use those strategies [...] God can even use those mindsets, God can even use those leaders to enact His will upon the Earth.

22:30
Rest in the goodness of your God my people, so that the glory can show itself through you so that you can be a walking billboard to the Earth that God is real and He loves and cares for every person on it.

27:34
This was five days after the first word that I got from The Lord: I saw a vision of a Royal crown. Then I saw the British flag, it was really huge, and it was laid across the ground, and I saw as a cow, like an animal, walked over it and up onto a stone that was sitting in the middle of it. Then I saw a man standing above the cow holding a mic. in his hand, looking down at the cow. Very strange. I saw all this and I wrote it down and I'm like what is this Lord? lol right?

28:13
Then I heard The Lord say this:

They're about to auction off something of great value to the highest bidder. They're about to let it go. A strategic piece of weaponry. It's a weapon; something they have used to fight their wars. It's now shifting ownership and changing hands.

This is a travesty for those in the United Kingdom. They're giving up their rights in the process, letting something go that they shouldn't.

I don't know if The Lord is talking about a physical item, I don't know if He's talking about the history being changed? Like this is the way things are happening then someone comes along and re-writing that? [...] It could be a piece of land? I don't know exactly but that's what I heard.

Obviously the idea of the cow with the man and a mic. ...you know? the idea of like an auction house right? And then why would they be auctioning it off, I don't know either? lol. Probably connected to what I shared earlier with this idea of wanting to regain influence through a progressive way of thinking. And then I heard this:

29:37
[I]Another nation is going to be holding it in their hands by the end of this next year [2023].

There are three things my people have to guard with their lives:
- The gospel
- Their purity
- Their gift
(Ephesians 4, 9-21)

[mountain_jim]

Could not decide which thread this link best belongs in - but I find these annual summary articles by Dave Collum (and published by Peak Prosperity) both a great look back and include many thoughtful projections which face forward.

https://peakprosperity.com/2022-year-in-review-all-roads-lead-to-ukraine/#investing

https://peakprosperity.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/shutterstock_2085345565-2-e1671733800865.jpg

2022 Year in Review: All Roads Lead to Ukraine

ORIGINAL CONTENT
By David Collum on
December 22, 2022



Annually, friend-of-the-site David Collum writes a detailed “Year in Review” synopsis full of keen perspective and plenty of wit. He strikes again in his usually poignant and delightfully acerbic way. As with past years, he selected Peak Prosperity as the site where it is published in full. It is longer than our usual posts, but worth the time to read in full. While each part stands on its own, and doesn’t need to be read in order. To download Part 1 as a pdf, click here: 2022 Year in Review: All Roads Lead to Ukraine. (https://peakprosperity.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/2022-Year-in-Review-The-Long-Road-To-Ukraine-Part-1.pdf) To read Part 2, click here (https://peakprosperity.com/2022-the-year-in-review-the-war-in-ukraine/).

David B. Collum
Betty R. Miller Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology – Cornell University
Email: dbc6@cornell.edu – Twitter: @DavidBCollum

Introduction

This Year in Review is brought to you by Pfizer, FTX, and Raytheon.

Every year, I write an annual survey of what happened in the world. After posting at Peak Prosperity, it gets a bump from the putative commies at Zerohedge1,2,3,4 who I read religiously. (I have topped over 60 cameo appearances at Zerohedge, consistent with getting booted off Twitter four times.) Why do I write it? My best answer is that you do not understand something until you have written your ideas down coherently. I am also trying to figure out who keeps yelling “Beetlejuice!”


(rest at link - the time to read these is well-summarized by this commenter:) :)




2022: The Year I spent reading Dave Collum’s 2021 Year In Review.

~ Commenter


PART 2 here
https://peakprosperity.com/2022-the-year-in-review-the-war-in-ukraine/

2022 The Year in Review: The War in Ukraine

[TomKat]

a Canadian prognosticator says the global crime network (Illuminati presumably) will be exposed.

K1bKPrv3cxo

[RunningDeer]

http://paula.avalonlibrary.net/smilies/read-paper.gif Lilac Lantern (https://www.youtube.com/@LilacLantern/videos)'s time stamp:


What I'm going to read on @0:58 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=58s)
Canada @2:40 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=160s)
USA @15:27 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=927s)
UK @26:51 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=1611s)
China @43:16 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=2596s)
Russia @56:15 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=3375s)
Random Country Card @1:05:20 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=3920s)
Aliens/UFOs @1:07:33 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=4053s)
The Creator @1:14:50 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K1bKPrv3cxo&t=4490s)


a Canadian prognosticator says the global crime network (Illuminati presumably) will be exposed.

K1bKPrv3cxo

[mountain_jim]

I always read Tom Luongo's takes

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/luongo-2023-biden-impeached-riyal-de-pegged-fed-terminal-rate-closer-7

Luongo On 2023: Biden Impeached, Riyal De-Pegged, & Fed Terminal Rate Closer To 7%

BY TYLER DURDEN
SUNDAY, JAN 08, 2023 - 11:30 AM
Authored by Tom Luongo via Gold, Goats, 'n Guns blog, (https://tomluongo.me/2023/01/07/goat-predictions-2023-losing-my-religion/)

Consider this, Consider this the hint of the century
Consider this, the slip, that dropped me to my knees, failed.
What if all these fantasies come flailing around?
And now, I’ve said…. too much

- R.E.M. – Losing My Religion

I probably should have codified these before the turn of the new year but I didn’t even think of doing one of these lists until someone mentioned it on Twitter a few days ago.

So, here it goes.

My predictions for 2023 and all center around the big theme of 2023, the loss of confidence in the world we’ve always known.

https://assets.zerohedge.com/s3fs-public/styles/inline_image_mobile/public/inline-images/2023-01-07_12-03-53.jpg?itok=mGm1oMTF

In other words 2023 will embody the phrase we use down here in the South, “Losing my Religion.”

1) Inflation will return with a vengeance.

What we’ve experienced so far came from the big commodity pump-and-dump post-COVID. Commodities went through a massive run as more money chased broken supply chains in 2020-21. Then in 2022 the inevitable bust happened, but left us with commodity prices across the board at levels which used to be resistance on the long-term price charts which has now become support.

https://assets.zerohedge.com/s3fs-public/styles/inline_image_mobile/public/inline-images/2023-01-07_12-04-58.jpg?itok=mgjmIsgc

The next round of commodity-based cost-push inflation will mix dangerously with the growing realization that we can’t avoid things breaking. There will be no ‘soft landing.’ The hard landing may not happen in 2023, but the set up for it will certainly take place.

Cost-push will mix with Loss of Institutional Confidence to light the fire of real inflation versus tangible assets in a way we haven’t seen since the late-1970’s. We should see a return to increasing YoY CPI levels beginning in Q2 after the baseline effects are past and China’s reopening keeps a bid under commodities.

January will not set the tone for commodities in 2023, but more likely be a ‘false move’ overcorrecting against the primary trend, which is clearly higher.

2) The Fed’s terminal rate is closer to 7% than the ~5% the markets are handicapping.

The Fed hiked by 50 bps in Dec. The markets are signaling 25 bps on Feb. 1st. I think it will be another 50. In fact, my base case now is four 50 bp hikes followed by four 25’s by December for a terminal rate of 7% by this time next year.

Even I was surprised by the violence of Powell’s hawkishness in 2022. He did what I wanted him to do, be aggressive and attack the source of Davos’ power, the leveraged offshore dollar markets. He forced out into the open the unsustainability of a weaker dollar based on the clown show on Capitol Hill being worse than the real collapsing governments across Europe.

Powell’s plan has worked so far, forcing everyone to climb the wall of worry that The Fed Put is dead. That so many refuse to accept this is why markets this January, like last January, are completely mispriced. Until this is accepted, Powell will use every excuse to keep raising rates as fast as he can to ‘finish the job.’

Today’s job’s number and unemployment rate support this. Revised Q3 2022 GDP at +2.6% is another. The market keeps wanting to believe in a 5.25% to 5.50% terminal rate for this move. But if I’m right about #1 and structural inflation returns in Q2, the Fed will not slow down until we reach near parity with, of all people, the Bank of Russia.

Rising inflation makes this prediction a slam dunk

3) The Euro will collapse to $0.80 or lower

The ECB is trapped. It can’t accept higher rates but it can’t afford for the euro to collapse either. A falling euro means energy input costs skyrocket in real terms. While a zombie banking system and Sovereigns in debt to someone else’s eyeballs (e.g. $1.1+ trillion in TARGET2 liabilities) see budgets blow out with higher debt servicing costs.

ECB Chair Christine Lagarde bought herself some time in 2022 with the TPI — Transmission Protection Instrument — and some big moves to subvert the UK government, putting Brexit on the ropes. She’s behind the inflation curve worse than Powell is. But she can’t attract capital today without big rate moves, Powell’s beat her to that punch.

Ultimately, Lagarde will protect credit spreads while letting the euro go.

The EU still believes it can bolt on more problems like the UK and now Croatia (#20 in the euro-zone) to stave off the collapse of the euro by expanding its reach. We ended 2022 with the euro ‘painting the tape’ at $1.07. It’s already given us a preview of the volatility we should expect in this first week of trading.

The Eurocrats in Brussels still believe in the EU’s inevitability, not because it is true, because they have to. The EU is a religion to the political class of Europe and its Davos paymasters. They, like real communists, see this period as the end-state of capitalism and that the dialectic is true. History was written, as it were.

They are wrong. And the beginning of the end of the European Union starts in 2023 with another 20% to 25% collapse of the euro.

4) The War in Ukraine Will Continue Dangerously

The West is suffering under many illusions about what’s going on in Russia and, by extension, its war in Ukraine. The UK/US neocons believe, like the EU, that history is already written about Russia’s future –balkanization and collapse.

All pressure that the West places on Russia only exacerbates their demographic time bomb. China’s as well. And in that sense this is the race they are running. Can they grind up enough Russians to ensure that even if Russia wins the war in Ukraine the West wins because the long-sought breakup of the USSR/Tsarist Empire will be achieved.

For this reason neither the UK/US Neocons nor Davos believe having a reverse gear vis a vis Russia is the right play. This is their strategic vision, regardless of the costs to the West itself.

For Russia there is no other play for them but to continue increasing the costs on the West. The longer the war goes on the deeper divisions within the EU get. Those divisions then drive even more animosity within the Eurocracy towards the Brits and the Yanks, who some feel are taking advantage of the situation.

When as ardent an Eurocrat as Guy Ver Hofstadt is now frothing at the mouth about the costs of sanctions, you know the Mafiosi in Brussels are getting nervous. They are beginning to crack under the strain of this war of financial and political attrition Russia is so good at playing against its European partners.

Even though I’ve argued strenuously that the EU leadership walked into Ukraine with its eyes open, the 2nd tier of the Eurocracy did not. And those are the ones having cold feet now and who the Russians are hoping will drive a pivot from Davos off Ukraine.

At the same time, expect Putin to keep opening up new fronts for the US/UK to deal with, see my next point.

The UK/US Neocons’ only play, then, on the battlefield then is further escalation to the brink of a nuclear exchange, which these insane people think they can win.

The other option is assassinating Putin in the hopes that Russia goes mad, nukes someone and that justifies the unthinkable.

Either way we’re inching way too close to midnight for my tastes.

5) The US Will Leave Syria in 2023

The recent meeting between Russian, Syrian and Turkish Defense Ministers paves the way for a similar upcoming meeting between the three countries’ Foreign Ministers.

Once that happens, Syrian President Assad and Turkish President Erdogan will presumably sit down with Russian President Putin and end Turkiye’s involvement in Syria. This will hang their pet jihadists in Idlib out to dry and leave the US forces there heavily exposed.

We’re already seeing them come under rocket fire though you’d never hear about this in the Western press. I went over this in grave detail in a recent post.

By making the deals with Erdogan over becoming the new “Gas Hub” into Europe, Putin has effectively done to the US and UK what they always try to do to Russia, open up another front to distract it from the main problem, i.e. Ukraine.

Now Syria becomes the 2nd battleground for the US to decide if it will defend or will it suffer another ignominious retreat like Afghanistan?

6) De-Dollarization Will Accelerate / USDX Will Rise.

Along with the collapse of the euro, the US dollar will lose more ground in the global payment system for international commodities and trade.

These two dynamics will create a very weird moment where the USDX — the US Dollar Index — will rise but the US dollar will be under sincere pressure vs. gold, commodities, and other rising emerging/developed market currencies.

The USDX is heavily weighted towards the euro and the British pound but the Chinese yuan is not represented at all. So, from one perspective the US dollar could be in a bull market but from another be in a bear market.

The one thing holding gold back has been its lack of bull market versus the dollar. It’s not a ‘secular’ bull market in gold until it’s rising versus all currencies. Even if the USDX does nothing but hold its ground in 2023 versus the rest of its fiat competition, a rally in gold will still be fed by people the world over ‘losing their religion’ with respect to the dollar.

That said, that fall in faith will likely not outpace the fall in faith of the “Fed Put.” I expect the ‘religion’ of the Fed Put is still stronger than the dollar itself which should put upward pressure on the US dollar overall. Because, let’s not forget that overseas US dollar synthetic short positions, known as US dollar-denominated debt, are still pretty biblical in size, keeping a strong bid under the dollar globally even as its position as a reserve and trade settlement currency erodes.

Because of all of these competing forces — inflation, de-dollarization, war, etc. — the last US dollar bull market for the foreseeable future should be on tap in 2023. For how long? It’s a good question, I can’t answer.

But I do know that it’s tied to #7 and to the Fed’s need to keep raising rates…

7) Saudi Arabia will de-peg the Riyal

In fact, I also expect the Hong Kong Dollar peg to fall, but maybe not in 2023. It depends on the strength and rate of internationalization of the Chinese yuan this year.

Oil prices are going higher once China’s economy is past the Omicron 2.0 wave crashing over it right now. The Saudis have been tendered the offer by China’s Xi to begin weaning itself off the US dollar. Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman seems agreeable to this.

When (not if) the Saudis put their first oil tender up for bid in Shanghai, that will signal the end of the currency peg that created the petrodollar. It will be a subtle thing that will gain steam over time, just like Russia and China diversifying their holdings into each other’s debt and currencies has taken years to develop.

So, the petrodollar will continue to die by a thousand cuts. The Saudis will lead OPEC+ out of the US dollar arena, validating both China’s onshore futures markets while also moving a significant amount of the gold trade away from London to Hong Kong.

By hedging their oil profits in gold on China’s international exchange they strengthen both the onshore (CNY) and offshore (CNH) yuan markets and laying the foundation for a much different financial future, including one where the Hong Kong dollar either floats or re-pegs itself to the yuan, likely the former.

8) Oil will Open 2023 Near the Yearly Low

The fundamentals for oil are truly bullish. China ending Zero-COVID just after the EU put its idiotic price cap on seaborne Russian oil was a strategic move to subvert “Biden’s” wish to refill the now nearly depleted US Strategic Petroleum Reserve at or below $70 per barrel.

He may get that from domestic producers for a while. But Brent ended 2022 at $86 and a little downside momentum may be in place with early US dollar strength, but then fundamentals easily overcome this.

“Biden” will not refill the SPR at $70 per barrel now that China just blew up the entire “deflation through higher rates” narrative. The US economy has held up better to the Fed than expected. Even Q3 GDP wasn’t uniquely terrible. The jobs report and low unemployment rate, while possibly artifacts of a changing labor market, still give us signals that the US economy isn’t as bad as many want it to be at 4.5% Fed Funds Rate to validate their place in the commentariat.

Europe is getting a small reprieve with the extremely mild winter so far, pushing energy prices down, especially natural gas, for now.

The global recession talk is vastly overblown until something fundamentally breaks. Anyone looking at the end of the year book squaring in things like the Reverse Repo balance (+$300b in one week) is overthinking the problem. The banks are allowed to tailor their reserves to present whatever quarterly numbers they want. It’s been going on since the Bernanke Era.

As such, I see a kind of perfect storm for oil here. Russia will pull production off the market and shift exports from St. Petersburg (Urals grade) to Kosmino, near Vladivostok (ESPO grade), nabbing higher prices in the long run.

Arab OPEC can’t hit its production quotas as it is and China’s reopening its entire economy.

The Davos demanded ESG investment protocols have the oil industry anywhere from $600b to $1trillion underinvested in exploration and production and that number is rising.

Increased demand, tight supply, low replenishment investment and WAR. Even a moron or Joe Biden can see that $70 per barrel Brent is out of the question for any significant period of time.

9) Dow Jones 40,000+


As we enter 2023 the Dow Jones Industrials sit right around 33,000. It was a tumultuous 2022. After hitting a new all-time high a year ago at 36952.53 it was all downhill for most equity indices.

The stronger USD fueled a lot of capital reorganization, interest rates were finally forced higher by the Fed and incessant talk of recession kept everyone selling first and asking questions later.

But in this ‘pivot-obsessed,’ low pain environment, relief rally after relief rally was snuffed out until finally in Q4 the Dow made everyone stand up and take a little notice as to what was happening… flight to quality into tangible assets with deep liquidity pools.

The Dow lost 8.7% in 2022. The S&P 500? 15.8%. The NASDAQ? 27.7%

For all of the bitching gold bugs did in 2022, gold was up 1.6%

If we begin to move into the next stage of stagflation (#1) then the Dow will continue to outperform the broader US equity markets as well as major foreign equity markets.

2022 Foreign Performance:

German DAX in 2022: -9.2%

Euro Stoxxx 50: -7.2%

FTSE 100: 1.2%

Are those indexes sustainable given the economic outlook for Europe and the ECB following the Fed up the rate curve lest everyone ‘lose their religion’ in it? Or will the still weakly expanding US economy look more tasty to global investors and the hopeless Brits look insanely overvalued?

If we have another year like we did in 2022 where high inflation outpacing nominal growth drives tangible asset investment we should see an outperformance from the US vs. Europe as the currencies collapse and the ECB’s tools prove inadequate. Emerging Markets, depending on their proximity to China and the US may have banner years, especially those that underperformed in 2022.

10) Biden is Impeached

This looks like the long-shot of 2023, but I think we are very close to the moment where Sen. Joe Manchin (D-WV) goes one step further than Kyrsten Sinema (I-AZ) and not only leaves the Democrats but flips to the GOP, giving them the outright majority in the Senate (50-49-1)

Even though Kevin McCarthy didn’t lose his bid for re-election as House Speaker, which has turned CSPAN into must-see TV these past few days, the fight itself is indicative of serious change coming to Capitol Hill.

This is the essence of the ‘counter-revolution’ in the US I wrote about a few weeks ago.

The soft underbelly for Biden at this point is FTX and divulsions of the US Gov’t’s censorship activities on Twitter. All of these things, along with corruption in Ukraine, can easily be tied back to Biden.

The majority of people are so black-pilled at this point that they believe nothing will ever change on Capitol Hill. But the first rule of good investing is remembering that the majority is almost always wrong.

And it is the sudden realization of their real power by a critical mass of people that alter the landscape literally overnight. So, while it looks like Matt Gaetz (R-FL) and Lauren Boebert (R-CO) tilted at windmills against a terminally corrupt Uniparty, they are simply fanning the smoldering embers of long-thought-dead principles on Capitol Hill.

And when you read the rules deal that McCarthy signed to get elected (https://justthenews.com/sites/default/files/2023-01/House%20Rules%20Package.pdf), this is a recipe for the weakest Speaker from a Uniparty perspective we’ve had in decades. It’s a win. A small win but a win nonetheless.

Since the mid-terms, this transition period has exposed yet even more malfeasance by GOP leadership and the natives are more than restless. They are angry. There is no appetite for what the GOPe is selling (out) anymore.

The façade of the two-party system is over.

The 2024 election cycle begins in a few months and the mood of the country will tell you which of those up for re-election that will happily cross party lines to save their skins.

It still leaves open the idea of Donald Trump swooping in after McCarthy tries to betray this deal. Matt Gaetz told you the plan when he nominated Trump from the floor.

Embedded in the deal crafted are sincere nods to exactly the kind of signals to fiscal conservatism – halting the budget at FY 2022 levels, balanced budget in 10 years, 3/5ths vote on tax increases, etc. — that I’ve argued is needed to back up Powell and the Fed’s monetary tightening.

Congress has a bigger wall of worry to climb to regain its credibility than the Fed does, but this is a good first step. It’s the step the world wants as well.

Whether it will hold together or not is absolutely up for grabs. But more weakening of the Uniparty in the coming weeks sets the stage for getting rid of Biden and the rest of the vandals on Capitol Hill.

There are a ton of ‘manilla envelopes’ being passed out right now. There is a lot of arm-twisting and overt threats happening. The Davos Mafiosi on The Hill will call in every marker. We will see a lot of surprising behavior from unlikely sources in 2023. The energy is there for something big and the incentives are lining up.

Sacrificing “Biden” on this altar may be a small price to pay.

In closing I want you to remember that few of America’s “enemies” want the US to collapse in a disorderly manner, not even China.

Davos is the only one with that agenda in mind because it fuels their megalomania.

The strident anti-US commentariat is a curious mix at this point of shills for foreign powers, egoists who can’t bare to be wrong, and anti-capitalist ideologues talking their book. The thoughtful are few and far between and I fear they’ve been gaslit into making huge analytic errors about what’s really going on.

But when you think through what’s happening right now, everyone wants a rational, less arrogant US to settle down, accept a smaller piece of the future pie, and get back to business. Our criticisms leveled at both Europe and the US is their colonial behavior and their imperial attitude.

So many will ‘lose their religions’ in 2023 that the changes which come will blindside people, including me. Honestly, looking at this list, I think many of these predictions err on the side of caution.

That’s the core issue driving all of these trends and my predictions stem from it.

< more links at link >

[Bill Ryan]

A summary graphic from Zero Hedge:

https://zerohedge.com/geopolitical/prediction-consensus-what-experts-see-coming-2023

https://assets.zerohedge.com/s3fs-public/styles/inline_image_mobile/public/inline-images/2023-01-15_12-16-52.jpg?itok=3QBrnz9e

[Bill Ryan]

And, much more graphically, from Gerald Celente. (Celente, the editor of Trends Journal (https://trendsjournal.com/), has been in the forecasting business since 1980, and has an impressive track record.)

Interviewed by Clayton Morris of 'Redacted' a week ago in a 20 minute video, Celente does a 5-4-3-2-1 countdown.
5. The increasingly widespread deployment of AI.
4. The promotion and/or introduction of digital currency systems.
3. Issues of an ageing population.
2. Financial/market meltdown.
1. World War 3, maybe started by a nuclear false flag event blamed on Russia.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JWvquDD9gg8

[Eva2]

'Pam talks about the second half of January and the New SuperMoon in Aquarius on the 21st. What does this mean for you?'
Astrological reading by Pam Gregory

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2iW4Xi8TJ-g

[onawah]

More from Gerald Celente
Banks Will "SEIZE YOUR MONEY" And Control Your LIFE in 2023
Gerald Celente & Stephen Gardner
Stephen Gardner
1.11M subscribers
18,407 views Jan 22, 2023

"Gerald Celente interview on how the fed banks will seize money and the WEF will control people and populations. When all else fails they will take us to war to save the economy and cover up.

:32 Who is Gerald Celente and what predictions has he made?
1:09 What was your biggest prediction?
3:00 Madeleine Albright says a president killing children is OK
4:20 when a president’s numbers are tanking, or the economy is bad, the USA goes to war
6:20 The stock market is the most important factor of the economy because it’s where the elite and wealthy store their money
7:00 what is the real agenda of the world economic forum?
10:00 why the government plans to control you
11:50 Control CEOs to control the people
14:00 My Covid experience in Utah was different than the rest of the country
16:09 How the Fed bank and treasury will steal Americans money
17:40 Government lied about inflation to control Price increases from Social Security.
19:20 RFK Jr for president
25:30 covid war, Ukraine, war, and then World War III
28:00 my BIGGEST FEAR
35:00 check out www.trendsjournal.com "

JdQ_3SpUKpA


And, much more graphically, from Gerald Celente. (Celente, the editor of Trends Journal (https://trendsjournal.com/), has been in the forecasting business since 1980, and has an impressive track record.)

[gini]

What may happen after 17th January | Saturn enters Aquarius Abhigya Anand---308,224 views Premiered Jan 17, 2023--22 min-
Jaya Shree Krishna6f7XJZrfoiw
Dear All,

On the 17th of January, 2023 - Saturn will be entering the sign of Aquarius or Kumbha Rashi. This is a monumental event as explained in the video and holds serious significance for several countries across the globe. Discussion regarding the influence of this event and other events in the near future - also the arena where the negative influence will prevail are the topics covered in this video.

A forecast on the future of the Russia Ukraine War has also been provided - as the war started with Saturn entering the Dhanishtha constellation and hence, must calm down once Saturn exits and other favourable situations have arisen. This is slated to occur in a phased manner after November 2023.

More information is available on our website - https://abhigyaanand.com

[SilentFeathers]

Elizabeth April certainly has some genuine psychic skills, but take what resonates.

waM5L4Ue-8c

Personally I think she's more aware, intelligent, and intuitive, than she is psychic. (pretty gal too) ;)
I think she really is on to something when she spoke about an extreme political change that she described as "flipping".

I think it has to do with Biden, he's soon to pass away or be removed, Kamala will only be in charge for a very short time if at all, and it may actually be Kevin McCarthy who ends up being President (for a very short time). McCarthy is a shapeshifter! LOL
It will be a quite chaotic time for this country to say the least.

[RunningDeer]

DILLON Family, mother, father & 8 kids, incarnating together again, in this realm sharing their daily experiences, messages & happenings with paranormal


Question: So how long do you think you were gone?
Answer: 10 years human time but 20 minutes our time. That's how they describe it because to them they're not attached to time. So time isn’t time to them.



INSPIRE SERIES - EPISODE 3 - CRAFT (3 min)






SPIN BEINGS Elsa Dillon (https://www.youtube.com/@spinbeingselsadillon7758/videos)
Rumble (https://rumble.com/user/SPINBEINGS)
Bitchute (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/7JOZjihKP9Yc/)


January 30, 2023

JACKIE WHITE from INSPIRATIONS Positive Living Group - UK

Interviews Elsa Dillon about their Family of 10 Experiencers, living in Byron Bay Hills, Australia - Elsa, Mom of 8 Children with Husband Richard Dillon

DILLON Family Incarnating together again, in this Realm
Sharing their daily Experiences, Messages & Happenings with Paranormal

Over 350 BEINGS to date

Many Forms & Multi Dimensional Realms
Sharing with those ready to Experience
spinbeings.com

GAuZNKyHUmg

[East Sun]

I think a return "incarnation" so to speak, a real shocker but a very pleasant one
for some.

[Matthew]

I think a return "incarnation" so to speak, a real shocker but a very pleasant one
for some.

I heard the first one we get will turn into an a-hole, but the one after is alright :bigsmile:

[onawah]

Atlantis, World War, Pole Shift | The Terrifying Predictions of Edgar Cayce
The Why Files
1.36M subscribers
73K
1,665,599 views
Dec 30, 2021

"Edgar Cayce gave over 14,000 psychic readings. He made a number of predictions about future events — many of which have come true.

And some of them are terrifying. Some people are worried.

Let's find out why."

PQuLc-kEin0

[Matthew]

Atlantis, World War, Pole Shift | The Terrifying Predictions of Edgar Cayce
...

"Edgar Cayce gave over 14,000 psychic readings. He made a number of predictions about future events — many of which have come true.
...

Everyone knows this but thought I would echo it:

Edgar Cayce predicted:


After Mount Etna in Italy and Mount Pelee in Martinique erupt together

Then we have 90 days to evacuate the coastlines

[onawah]

More insights into near-future increasing volcanic activity from Ben Davidson in the discussion starting at 37 minutes in here:
UFwzt6m6EqE

(And the entire conversation is very interesting, and gives a general picture of what's coming and how those scientific conclusions have been arrived at.
The point being that as the magnetic field continues to diminish, volcanic activity is increasing significantly. )



Atlantis, World War, Pole Shift | The Terrifying Predictions of Edgar Cayce
...

"Edgar Cayce gave over 14,000 psychic readings. He made a number of predictions about future events — many of which have come true.
...

Everyone knows this but thought I would echo it:

Edgar Cayce predicted:


After Mount Etna in Italy and Mount Pelee in Martinique erupt together

Then we have 90 days to evacuate the coastlines

[eagle0027]

Exellent...thnx

[mountain_jim]

https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1620951519507140614?s=20&t=9_lVnr9ofyi2TtFKowdbag

1620951519507140614

[RunningDeer]

https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1620951519507140614?s=20&t=9_lVnr9ofyi2TtFKowdbag


1620951519507140614



“I want to talk about the month of February, and the most positive thing about the month is that all of the planets are now moving direct. No more Mars retrograde or Mercury retrograde or even Uranus retrograde. They’re all moving forward. Which means we can look forward to a lot of forward movement because we have been feeling like everything was stagnant Nothing was happening.

How can we get things to start moving? Well they're going to start moving now. This is the month of forward movement and progress. You’re going to be feeling that personally in your own individual lives especially with the things that you have been feeling, like have been stuck for so long …”


February 2023 Predictions: Get Ready for Action!
jAvucY5zbeU

[onawah]

Aluna Joy Yaxkin
1/31/23
https://www.facebook.com/alunajoyyaxkin/
https://scontent-dfw5-1.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/128617158_3871411492878581_553738114983513851_n.jpg?_nc_cat=111&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=09cbfe&_nc_ohc=shasH6w-4w0AX_AYGeI&_nc_ht=scontent-dfw5-1.xx&oh=00_AfABwjRQ6OGTFPDPb6OZHwM7X9H_gNajZdalScoZv3LxAg&oe=6402C32D
"This upcoming equinox is only a few weeks away and we can already feel the energy building.
An interesting equinox fact is that the earths protective magnetic field is thinner during equinoxes and this is why there are more Arora Borealis events.
The ancients knew the sun was more powerful and it’s light frequency more available during equinoxes.
That’s why equinoxes are such an important event in most ancient cultures.
Also, a little known fact is most sacred sites on the planet are 23.5° north or south of the equator.
When the earth gets flooded by magnetic storms, the farther north or south we are on mother earth the stronger we may be impacted by them.
Maybe those ancient ones built temple sites in that safe center part of our earth to avoid being blasted by solar flares and magnetic storms.
We can strongly speculate that ancient civilizations had advanced technology, so maybe they were protecting this technology from solar impacts, much like our technology is affected by a strong solar flare today.
But then again before, during and after an equinox, the earth’s magnetic field will thin and solar spikes and magnetic storms are more prevalent everywhere on earth.
But this is some thing I ponder a bit.
Hare in the Moon Astrology on FB, speaks about the 2023 March Event Horizon.
Here are a few snippets. “It is a shift from 200 years of machine based production to technology and singularity - it’s huge. …
An old life is going dark to allow a new one to light up.
Although the external is chaotic, feel into what is happening in your personal journey.
… Anything that doesn't align with your truth will feel dense, almost unbearable.
Discriminate between what is yours and what is collective anxiety.
… Identify what is NOT yours and disengage from it… cut the cords, delete your expired hopes, erase your broken yesterday from your story. “ Read more at hareinthemoonastrology.co.uk
Also … St Germain - channeled by Geoffrey Hoppe… says “March 22, 2023 (equinox) will open up the doors to other dimensions for humanity. He calls it Heavens cross; a literal physics event that changes the electromagnetics of Earth, brings access to the other realms, Christ Consciousness, sovereignty, and grace. “
This coming SPRING EQUINOX ( in the northern hemisphere )will bring with it a powerful turning point, like a cosmic fork in the road for humanity.
This will be assisted by our solar system when several of our planets change signs in the times leading up to the Spring Equinox.
Jupiter has already entered Aires, Saturn will enter Pisces on March 7 just before equinox, and the Pluto will enter Aquarius on March 23 for over two decades.(thanks to the astrology from Peter Mount Shasta).
Although I am not an astrologer, I am a earth oracle, and I can feel these changes in cosmic energy are already happening.
The timelines are beginning to shift in way I have never seen before and we are along for the ride. As equinox nears, literally only a few weeks away, we can already feel new frequencies flooding ethers…
Flowing in the power of pure spirit … birthing a new community with unifying and creative cooperation…
These are a few themes for the coming year based on Mayan Cosmology.
⭐️ Get your instant download (a printable pdf file) of the NEW 2023-2034 MAYAN CALENDAR and Equinox Report. We just posted it! https://www.alunajoy.com/calendars.html
https://scontent-dfw5-2.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t39.30808-6/328327396_1538273473343047_3029797851463181775_n.jpg?_nc_cat=104&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=8bfeb9&_nc_ohc=-QBgW0EYgdwAX96V7t5&_nc_ht=scontent-dfw5-2.xx&oh=00_AfB76oT3FTHOs-bSeLGTt4G0ILhAhRjEr79fTXg-Y_VQ_Q&oe=63E13447

Aluna Joy Yaxkin
1/28/23

"Since the new moon on 1.21.23, it might have felt like we took a step back and like our energy was being pulled back or stalled a little, much like an archer drawing his bow back in preparation to release an arrow.
We might feel pulled back into some old levels of consciousness and some old patterns.
We might wonder if we are making any progress at all.
But we are.
This is only a temporary revisit of some old patterns, wounds, and losses, and might bring some feelings of depression and/or anxiety.
This gives us all a chance to clear out that last bit of inner house cleaning, before the coming Equinox releases its mighty arrow out into our new future, which is full of possibilities.
This cleansing that is happening in our collective reality is removing distortions in humanity’s core issues that can not move forward now.
It might feel heavy for a bit.
Our DNA is being upgraded in preparation for what is next.
We are seeing the crumbling of things that are out of integrity or are out of alignment with the laws of nature.
Many things can no longer be supported in the future.
We will see many things being sent to the forefront to be cleared as this collective leveling and unification process continues.
But the biggest core issue to be cleared is fear itself.
Fear literally is the fuel for all the imbalances in the world because fear is not love.
What will matter most is the quality of the integrity of our intentions.
All these collective issues will begin to be challenged tremendously.
Nature does not support imbalance.
Nature only supports balance; the Earth supports balance."

[gini]

Prediction 2023 | Indian boy Prediction by Abhigya Anand Latest Predictions 2023 |-ft7V5oR69jk

[mizo]

Predicted 3 days ago...

https://twitter.com/hogrbe/status/1621479563720118273

[Eva2]

'Psychic Baba Vanga's Scary Predictions For 2023'

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DZkXsp4Jx30

...and thought this video was very interesting. It covers a general overview of Baba Vanga's predictions for the future up to 5079 which she has said is the end of the world?! The second half (which I found really interesting) of the video also covers a message from underground entities (Bulgaria/Tsarichina excavation) that have undergone the same process of transition that humanity is now experiencing and that this evolution of humanity is through symbiosis of the cells, changing the frequencies, quantum biology .....

UNDERGROUND ALIENS, BABA VANGA AND QUANTUM BIOLOGY - FULL HD DOCUMENTARY - V ORIGINAL
'Who was Baba Vanga?

'Baba Vanga was a female mystic in Bulgaria. She lost her eyesight when she was only 12 years old. After which she started making predictions. She died on August 11, 1996 but she has predicted till the year 5079.'


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i8EPmpx0BpQ

[Delight]

I figured it out that SOURCE is everything and no thing. Source created life with itself in all. This "world" is dual and there IS GO(O)D and There is EVIL "personified". There is a force that wants to destry life. It was very crafty on the part of what hates LIFE to confuse us all: No God, No Satan. Only the material world and its "science". However as fractal of Source all life is ABLE to reconnect. REVIVE the connection and face EVIL with the power of GOOD at our backs and LIFE is revived.

I have been listening to the live streams from the Asbury College revival. It makes me SO HAPPY that a fire of spirit is flaming across the collective.

MmT63tef7nc

It makes me tingle because I do NOT care what people call their personal INNER connection to the source of LIFE. No matter where people are on the planet, we who seek RELATIONSHIP with the SOURCE who is also personal are connected. I feel a huge wave of strength passing through. I feel that people want to repent and start again. People want to LOVE themselves and the others around us. There is a mass influx of solar energy streaming and I feel enlivened.

There is a REAL threat to our world that is so visible now that people will have to choose where they put their Faith. EVERY prophet has always said that they are given probables based on where the collective "heart" is at that moment. I feel the collective is now like a VOLCANO of repudiation of EVIL. The SYSTEMS have all been overtaken with evil and we will have to start again: re form (n)ation from the bedrock. We can DO this with God's POWER.

Everyone says that we must know we are MANY and the Evil acting through FEW. We must respond and take back our response ability. "They" are not our masters. It is impossible to change a problem at the same level it was created and we were disempowered, now literally to the point of democide.

NOW people are in desperation. Please may it be so we surrender not to the world BUT allow ourselves to turn to God. That is a blessing. I FEEL we will change the propehecy of our human demise and the coup of EVIL swept aside by GOD incarnate in each person. Homo Christos.

[gini]

'2023 Predictions With BRITAIN'S BEST Psychic Medium'- Feb 28, 2023
My guest is Nicky Alan, renown psychic of 31 years. For eighteen years she was a police officer and trained Detective in Essex Police. Following medical retirement in 2003 and by public demand she has achieved a very high profile in the spiritual industry as a full time Psychic Medium, Spiritual Teacher, Writer and Angel Expert. She has been published in many magazines, carried out European theatre tours, made radio and television appearances and today she is here to give us her predictions for 2023 and talk about her new book The rise and fall of Britains Best Psychic medium.--84OIkHVl9DQ

[Eva2]

Said in 1998, Terence McKenna on point:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K17yJIP7iSQ

[gini]

7pNUDvk_l5Y

[Delight]

Hare in the Moon Astrology on FB, speaks about the 2023 March Event Horizon.
Here are a few snippets. “It is a shift from 200 years of machine based production to technology and singularity - it’s huge. …
An old life is going dark to allow a new one to light up.
Although the external is chaotic, feel into what is happening in your personal journey.
… Anything that doesn't align with your truth will feel dense, almost unbearable.
Discriminate between what is yours and what is collective anxiety.
… Identify what is NOT yours and disengage from it… cut the cords, delete your expired hopes, erase your broken yesterday from your story. “ Read more at hareinthemoonastrology.co.uk
Also … St Germain - channeled by Geoffrey Hoppe… says “March 22, 2023 (equinox) will open up the doors to other dimensions for humanity. He calls it Heavens cross; a literal physics event that changes the electromagnetics of Earth, brings access to the other realms, Christ Consciousness, sovereignty, and grace. “

I heard this tonight and whether or not THE Apocalypse (as an individual experience) is happening to unfold from 3/22/2023, the message that we are asked to allow the soul to take all our burdens so that we are open and available to accept a new path makes perfect sense to me. I allow it to be now.

frnkcHmgiQk

here is a link to more information

Heaven’s Cross (or Heavens Cross) (https://www.crimsoncircle.com/Hub/Heavens-Cross)

here is some music that is interesting to hear...

Heaven's Cross Music Download (https://crimsoncircle.com/Media/Heavens_Cross_Music.mp3)

[norman]

ChatGPT is going to be exposed, when a billion people ask it if the covid vaccines are causing death and disabilities.

If it doesn't answer yes, it's not intelligent, artificial or otherwise.

( If it does answer yes, it will cause a tsunami of the most alarmed form of controversy there has ever been )

[Matthew]

Dreams and visions from Christians.
...


Paster Dana Coverstone has another recurring dream, except it had a different ending the last time he dreampt it.

xDFT31FM8wM

[gini]

The predictions come in the end starting at 19 min--9T8RidoORJU

[Eva2]

'Palm leaves world predictions till 2050+;
true so far, let’s see….

Dear friends and fellow human beings, this is probably the most important document of the century for humanity, concerning the future of mankind:

Thomas Ritter ‐ "Prophecies of Europe/libraries from palm leaves", from the German original “Die Palmblattbibliotheken und ihre Prophezeiungen zur Zukunft Europas” by publisher Jochen Kopp, Rottenburg, in 2006, translated by George Vodvárka. Published by Dialogue Book Wholesalers and Publishers, Markov 378A 460 14 Liberec 14, 2007.

According to legend, the library was created more than 5 000 years ago by seven holy rishis. They apparently wrote biographies of about 80 000 people who will come to ask her fate. About ten percent of these leaves apply to persons born out of India. In the course of centuries, several copies of the original text where done, so that today there are 12 libraries of palm leaves, located in different places of the Indian subcontinent. These palm leaves on the dimension of 6 x 46 cm having the fate of people who come to them one day to ask about the future life of the questioner which is apparently recorded in verses on both sides of the strip sheet palm. The letters are reportedly only about 1 mm high, and, to the untrained eye, are not distinguished. In these tiny letters one can find all the details of his life, including information of parents and siblings, life partner and children, profession and certain physical characteristics and possible shortcomings.

The modern concepts are sometimes figuratively translated. For example, the driver is a profession defined as a vehicle manager. Sometimes in the palm sheet, the name of the person is recorded and also the names of his close relatives; if at the time of his visit still alive. In many sheets are written in advance and the date and name of the person who visits the library. According to Buttlara the visitor usually is confronted with two sheets. The first give the name, details of his life as well as data on previous incarnation. If specific information relating to the life agrees, the Nadi interpreter reads from the second sheet also its future. There is the Bhrighu‐samhita and the Suka Nadi.

According to an article in Magazine Esotera year 1992/8, Johannes von Buttlar says that the library in Bangalore stores 3,665 "bundles palm leaves", each of which consist of 365 palm leaves. The interpretation of palm leaves in the family apparently a tradition transmitted from father to the oldest son. The particular copies I analysed with c14 system where 350 years old. I started to investigate the nadi leaves in Feb 1993 in libraries in Bangalore and Madras. From the palm leaf nadis, each person receives only the information which may help to personal spiritual growth. Just in case that his karma is one of active participation in the political life of the country and for helping the future; one receives the necessary information from the relevant volumes of palm leaves.

There was some doubts initially raised in me in the context as to whether I have the right to publish the content of these prophetic texts palm leaves. In discussions with Ganesha Shastrí and other interpreters of palm leaves in Madras and Bangalore, however, I came to the belief that it is my task in this life, to try to make this information accessible to as many people as possible. This obligation for me is already clear from the fact that I received an extraordinary honour and I could get these rare prophetic manuscripts. These Bhrighu Nadi readings where done by Ganesha Babu Shastri to Thomas Ritter from old Tamil palm leaves in his Nadi center in Madras, on Sept 2001 ; the information is originally published in a book in German language in 2006, and then translated into zchek language'

Readings at this link

https://soolaba.files.wordpress.com/2010/06/bhrigu-samhita-predictions-2000-2050.pdf

https://soolaba.files.wordpress.com/2010/06/bhrigu-samhita-predictions-2000-2050.pdf

[Bill Ryan]

'Palm leaves world predictions till 2050+;
true so far, let’s see….Do also see this wonderful thread, with over 100 posts:


Naadi Shastra: My experience with Destiny (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?64742-Naadi-Shastra-My-experience-with-Destiny&highlight=leaves)

[Bill Ryan]

'Palm leaves world predictions till 2050+;
true so far, let’s see….
[ ... ]
Readings at this link

https://soolaba.files.wordpress.com/2010/06/bhrigu-samhita-predictions-2000-2050.pdfDo take a few minutes to read the full PDF. It's worth it, and if this was published in 2006 it's all very interesting. Some of the then-near-future dates seem a few years out (just plain incorrect, or maybe the events simply haven't happened yet), but there are some recognizable matches — including covid. Absent is any mention of the Russia-Ukraine war, but it does very accurately state: "Least affected countries will be Russia, China and India, because their economic systems are mutually supportive."

[onawah]

Prophecies of Destruction | Randall Carlson - Kosmographia Clips 028.1
The Randall Carlson
215K subscribers
12,971 views May 9, 2023

"This clip was taken from Kosmographia Episode 28:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AsdfBFO5-A&t=0s

Kosmographia Ep028 The Randall Carlson Podcast with the Snake Brothers – Kyle and Russ, Normal Guy Mike and GCREX admin Bradley, from April 20, 2020. After revisiting some recent topics, RC starts in on the commonality of legends of cyclic catastrophes due to floods and fires, and the reasons why Native Americans didn’t adopt stories of a great flood from visiting missionaries. We show evidence of huge floods that occurred across the Pacific Northwest, and imagine what survivors of those events might experience after the destruction of their world. Again, the dearth of human remains is pondered, as Randall leads into papers about vast and repeated wildfires at the YDB. Geomythology, gematria, prophecy and apocalypse meld into the conversations that make this a outstanding and memorable episode."

YhqGhTzFYHw

[Sue (Ayt)]

Ominous tweet from James Wood the actor

https://twitter.com/RealJamesWoods/status/1659594988483907584?s=20

[mountain_jim]

https://twitter.com/lisamightydavis/status/1660667039038439431?s=20

1660667039038439431

https://www.westernjournal.com/us-senators-issued-satellite-phones-preparation-disruptive-event/

US Senators Are Being Issued Satellite Phones in Preparation for a 'Disruptive Event'

Members of the U.S. Senate were recently offered satellite phones that will allow them to communicate in the case of a “man-made” or natural disaster, according to a report.

Citing numerous people familiar with the matter, CBS News reported all 100 senators were recently offered the phones.

More than 50 took Senate Sergeant at Arms Karen Gibson up on the offer.

The network reported Gibson said the phones were offered last month as a means “to ensure a redundant and secure means of communication during a disruptive event.”

Gibson reportedly demonstrated the phones.

Senators who agreed to take the devices were urged to keep them close by during travel.

It is not known exactly what type of satellite phones the lawmakers were given.

It was also not reported which lawmakers accepted the phones. Each device was paid for with federal funding, and service will be offered at no expense to those who are in possession of them.

CBS News (https://www.cbsnews.com/news/senators-issued-satellite-phones-new-security-measures/)reported the availability of the technology was one part of a broader effort to bolster security for members of Congress following the January 2021 incursion at the U.S. Capitol.

However, Gibson implied the devices could come in handy in the event of some sort of disaster.

CBS reported: “Gibson said the phones are a security backstop in the case of an emergency that ‘takes out communications’ in part of America. Federal funding will pay for the satellite airtime needed to utilize the phone devices.

“A Department of Homeland Security advisory said satellite phones are a tool for responding to and coordinating government services in the case of a ‘man-made’ or natural disaster that wipes out communication.”

It is unclear if Gibson or others in top leadership positions within the federal government have reason to anticipate such an event.

Gibson has been in her role since March 2021 and spent more than three decades in the U.S. military prior to that.

< more at link >

[onawah]

Embracing Radical Surrender
Aluna Joy Yaxkin
https://scontent-atl3-2.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t39.30808-6/349613507_2598212283660014_9030184811690807555_n.jpg?_nc_cat=102&cb=99be929b-3346023f&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=09cbfe&_nc_ohc=WC2wGzs2I6QAX-ck5R4&_nc_ht=scontent-atl3-2.xx&oh=00_AfCa39qd0HVUwGlf8EDwJzeVsXOUI-cMajwLSiTqK_YCZw&oe=6480884F
https://www.facebook.com/alunajoyyaxkin
6/3/23

(I'm not really a New Ager anymore, but Aluna Joy has deep connections with a shamanic lineage, and I think she is the real deal; for one thing, she acknowledges the existence of our Shadow and the Dark side, and that we must deal with them.
The following message from her is not only a prediction, but an inspiring story from her past when she thought she was out of luck, but someone came to her rescue in the knick of time.
Something similar happened to me recently (see the Support Thread), so I can really relate to this message, and am following Aluna's urging to share it.
Another time I hit bottom and got rescued just in time was in 1972, when I was in the hospital after a disbling NDE and in such bad shape I was about to give up, but some dear friends came to the hospital and gave me an amazing healing.
(It was friends here on the forum who did something similar for me recently.)

And a more detailed prediction for this cycle from Aluna follows.

"Way back in the early 90s, I had run out of money and all my bills were due and some were even overdue. I didn’t see any solution in sight and considered the next day I would be homeless. That night I really appreciated the roof over my head as I crawled into my warm bed. I decided I would relish this last sleep as the world seem to be falling apart around me. Then knowing my problem was out of my control ….
I GAVE ALL MY WORRIES OVER TO GOD!
The next morning my lights and heat were still on. Not knowing what else to do, I went down to my PO Box. I found an odd envelope. I went home and sat at my desk. This desk by the way, was a door someone had tossed in the trash and was held up between two old metal filing cabinets. And my chair was missing the back. I had sold everything I had of value except my second hand futon bed.
I was in deep surrender mode, not knowing what was coming for me this day. I had given my situation over to God and I was acting as if was like every other day. I didn’t know what else to do. So I opened this mystery envelope. Inside I found 14, crisp $100 bills, and with no return address! There was only an iridescent heart stuck on the outside of the envelope. This amount was EXACTLY what I needed to pay all my bills, rent, some gas, and buy groceries for a week.
I could have bought into my extreme lack, ran away with that cash in my pocket. I certainly feared that this 1400. was all the cash I was going to see for a while. I could simply bail and not honor my debts. But I didn’t. I paid everything I owed. At the end of the day I had 59 cents and I’ve always had enough ever since then!
I still have that, now yellowed, heart sticker on my computer?
This time reminds me of my story when I lived back in Mount Shasta. In these present and powerful days, many of us are being pushed to the very edge being asked to let go, surrender. We are beginning to step into this a creation. We have gathered a huge treasure chest full of spiritual tools to help us with this time. Yet these tools are falling short in rising up to the magnitude of the profound moment we are presently in.
We have reached the end of this past age and we are beginning to enter the new creation we have envisioned. It is a huge unknown and all we have learned and all the tools we have gathered have helped us arrive at this moment. The next step is beyond our knowing, or our control, our minds and ego. We are being asked to live from radical trust and deep surrender to a great divine plan now than ever.
Our next step will include the spiritual tool of radical surrender. We are in a world were outside truth and 3D reality will be distorted by AI in ways we can’t even image in this moment. Simultaneously we are also being bathed in higher frequencies coming in from the cosmos, and star dust from a dying star. But here in our human space suit we will always have our inner truth; our inner compass. This is the place where we let go of all that has helped us thus far. It can take us no further. We will begin a glorious free fall into the unknown, knowing that when we embrace radical surrender we are also becoming part of something that is greater than we are individually. And we will fly. "

ENTERING A SUPERNOVA ASCENSION PORTAL
6/3/23
https://www.alunajoy.com/2023-5-28-supernova-ascenion-portal.html

https://www.alunajoy.com/supernovaascensionportal-web.jpg

"A deeper and more profound level of our divine purpose and work on earth is now birthing through us. But with it, a very ancient but also expansive cosmic level of detox is coming as well. This has been triggered by a star (sun) that has gone supernova in a distant galaxy in the Pinwheel Galaxy near the Big Dipper. Astronomers can already see this light. This light is reaching us now from 21 million light-years away. (For perspective . . . One light year is about 6 trillion miles long!) If we can see this light here and now, it also means we are being pummeled with new frequencies we have never felt before. Information, codes and memories from this star are flooding our earth and our bodies. The timing of this is auspicious, as on June 3rd, we are about to enter into the next 20 Core Day Ascension Portal Process magnified by incoming stellar frequencies. This is a Phoenix like cycle where the past must die away as we are reborn.

Cecilia Fenn posts about this supernova star. "If we are sensitive, we may have been feeling this major download of information as an "overload" of "stuff". We may feel overwhelmed and unable to "keep up" because on the higher levels there is so much information flooding our record keeping systems. Secondly, we may also feel the "emotions" of the dying star as sadness, feelings of wanting to let go as well as feelings of joy as the light goes out into the Cosmos."

The now late Tina Turner once said . . .. "We can turn our poison into medicine!" This is the cycle where we have a great opportunity to turn our lives into living medicine! We have been working diligently on letting go of out dated programs and beliefs. We have been rearranging our lives, our relationships and our service in the world. We are almost through the deepest part of the hard and exhausting work phase. Those who have had the courage to face their deepest shadows, over and over again, will be greatly rewarded. For this deep work will make this next phase much easier to navigate.

We all have a deeper wisdom and truth living within us now. Our intuition and gut instincts have become extremely refined. We are based more in unity than in division. We are loving more and fighting less. We are becoming more conscious of where we use our energy. We are feeding the light more than ever, and we are starving the darkness by our active inattention. We are already experiencing a deeper heart centered service arising on our work, and we are seeing this expanded heart service in our recent pilgrimages.

There will be those around us that have not had the grace and privilege to access their deep shadow work phase as yet. We should always lend a hand, or a shoulder, for those that are struggling. It's time to show up, not to fix them, or to heal them, or to even advise them, but to HEAR THEM and let them know that this time is not forever. Put your loving compassion and wisdom to work when the situation arises. What we do for others, we do for everyone and for ourselves as well.

On June 3 (also the full moon) through June 22, 2023, we are entering the next 20 Core Day Ascension Portal Process -- a Phoenix cycle, which will birth us into the future, but also detox us of our past. We must die to the past before we can be reborn in the future. We will grieve the past but also celebrate the present. This will be greatly accelerated and deepened by the light particles coming from the exploding star in the Pinwheel galaxy. What happens in the universe also happens within us. We are becoming a super nova! We have already feeling this. It is going to get deeper.

During the 20 Core Day Ascension Portal Process, humanity will travel through a cosmic chakra system, our kundalini system in time. These core days reprogram our very core and build new foundations. This time is powerful and deeply activating as we merge the past, present and future. This time is more powerful than the equinox, or a Class X magnitude solar flare. These days burn through us continuously for 20 days straight.

These 20 core days are center column of the modern day Mayan calendar. These days represents the spinal column of the human body, but also core of the Earth running from north to south. This triggers a deep transformation in our lives. This is our lives, traveling through time, through the center of a tube torus, like going through a black hole in the universe, through the eye of the needle, to be birthed into something brand new. We enter as a caterpillar but emerge out the other side as a butterfly, anchored in next higher frequency.

On these 20 days, that repeat every 260 days, we are greatly assisted by the cosmos with finely tuned frequencies designed just for this transfiguration process. Our inner work will be much more effective in upgrading our frequencies and thus empowering our spiritual and physical lives. It takes 20 days of our focus to recreate ourselves and anchor into the next higher frequency. It also can take 20 days of focus to re-pattern old habits or release outdated programs.

Our ascension process is a step by step process. It awakens us to the truth of our divinity, and our God given natural abilities. These 20 Core Days burn through all the illusions like a holy fire. They cleanse and purify our chakras of our past and present mis-creations and begin to create a new foundation for our future.

This cosmic energy descends to Earth from the great central sun and Great Creator / Hunab Ku. We can only guess at what the supernova Star energy is adding to this process. Every 260 days, these energies return over and over, but each time in an ever ascending and more powerful frequency. These 20 days will be pivotal and unique each time we go through this process. We will be pushed beyond our comfort zones, and discover we have no reserve energy to control the things that are not going forward with us. Yet, the Core days, if worked with conscious intent, can help anchor and manifest new frequencies into form.

These 20 powerful days are beginning on 6/3/2023. We are being asked to absorb this trial by holy fire, by raising our frequencies to contain more energy and light than ever before. We will be asked to discover a new equilibrium and anchor our higher self's orientation point. It is a time to become self-empowered and protected guided by our inner truth, and not get distracted by crumbling old programs.

There will be 5 pulses of energy that will burn though 5 Mayan chakras: the crown, throat, heart, solar plexus and root chakras. Each pulse will contain 4 days each, and each day holds one of the 4 directions (east, north, west and south).

What happens during these 20 days is this. Fresh cosmic energy, coming from the great central sun, begins to descend into our physical body starting at our crown chakra. At the same time, newly upgraded energy, coming from the core of the Earth, begins to rise up into our physical body beginning at our root chakra. This process is very much like when a lightning bolt strikes the Earth. When a lightning bolt descends from the sky, the Earth's energy also reaches up to meet the descending bolt. This merging point of descending cosmic energy, and the rising earthy energy, reach each other at a very powerful center point. . . our HEARTS! The heart is the center of centers. The holy of holies.

Then the new cosmic energy descending from the great central sun will continue down through our chakras until it is grounded within our physical body and anchored into the core of the Earth. Our ascending physical earth energy will also pass up through our heart and rise up through our crown and beyond until it reaches and anchors to the great central sun. We are literally building a bridge between heaven and earth through our human form.

Suggestions on how to work with 20 Core Day Ascension Portal Process.

The beginning of most traditional Mayan ceremonies begins with calling in, and sending love, to 7 cardinal points. Seven is also linked to the Pleiades and also from which this sacred cycle information came to indigenous cultures in the first place. We can start each day with honoring these 7 directions at sunrise, with great love and humility."
More here:
https://www.alunajoy.com/2023-5-28-supernova-ascenion-portal.html

[Bill Ryan]

I think this has to go here — what appears to be the core substance of a new (17 June) vision from Father Oliveira (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?121036-The-Visions-of-Father-Oliveira). I posted the entire report on two threads, here (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?121036-The-Visions-of-Father-Oliveira&p=1565307&viewfull=1#post1565307) and here. (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?120874-The-Third-Secret-of-Fatima&p=1565308#post1565308)

Extracted (in the briefest summary, but quoted directly from the translated report), is this. (It is not specified what 'the Dragon from Hell' is or means.)

In October [2023], the period of great tribulation announced in her [The Virgin Mary's] apparitions would begin, linking it to the Third Secret of Fatima. She announced the advance of military conflicts, new natural catastrophes, physical ailments and spiritual evils.



Be prepared, above all spiritually, for this period will not start with thunder, but will be gradual and will spread slowly throughout the world.



The war already started will increase, as you saw above. There will be droughts, great storms and earthquakes in various places in the world.



There will be great devastation from Russia, instigated by the Dragon from Hell. This will cause damage to the all the world.

[Harmony]

I found this site (https://lifehopeandtruth.com/prophecy/revelation/revelation-12/) that is one Biblical explanation about what "instigated by the Dragon from Hell" might mean.




I think this has to go here — what appears to be the core substance of a new (17 June) vision from Father Oliveira (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?121036-The-Visions-of-Father-Oliveira). I posted the entire report on two threads, here (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?121036-The-Visions-of-Father-Oliveira&p=1565307&viewfull=1#post1565307) and here. (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?120874-The-Third-Secret-of-Fatima&p=1565308#post1565308)

Extracted (in the briefest summary, but quoted directly from the translated report), is this. (It is not specified what 'the Dragon from Hell' is or means.)


In October [2023], the period of great tribulation announced in her [The Virgin Mary's] apparitions would begin, linking it to the Third Secret of Fatima. She announced the advance of military conflicts, new natural catastrophes, physical ailments and spiritual evils.





Be prepared, above all spiritually, for this period will not start with thunder, but will be gradual and will spread slowly throughout the world.





The war already started will increase, as you saw above. There will be droughts, great storms and earthquakes in various places in the world.





There will be great devastation from Russia, instigated by the Dragon from Hell. This will cause damage to the all the world.

[Ewan]

This is not specifically on topic as there is no mention of 2022-2023 but I have been watching an increasing amount of videos from this lady (https://www.youtube.com/@Throughtheeyesof) aka Ania K (https://aniak44.com/)

From her latest videos she is clearly in Russia and regarding this particular video (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iO6OMNgmELc) titled "DUDA’S VISIT IN KIEV. POLES PROTECT THE STATUE OF A. MICKiEWICZ FROM UKRAINIANS AND THEIR FLAGS." One of the first replies from other YT users is quoted below....


@elenashevtjenko8438

@elenashevtjenko8438
2 weeks ago
I am a Ukrainian from Kyiv and I completely agree with you. I am against the Zelensky regime, against the Ukrainian flag, which the Ukrainians of Western Ukraine received from Austria-Hungary and has nothing to do with us in Kyiv. There are quite a lot of people in Kyiv, especially Orthodox, who are waiting for Russian liberators. As for Wagner: it seems to me that they will participate in the liberation of Kyiv and thus wash away their mistakes with blood. There was one saint in Kiev, Alipia, who predicted the Chernobyl disaster and said that the main street in Kyiv, Khreshchatyk and Maidan, would fall on 12/7 on the Feast of Peter and Paul (she did not indicate the year).

A curious thing, DuckDuckGo(ing) the 'Feast of Peter and Paul' - in the Catholic faith it takes place on June 29th. However, the Russian Orthodox claims the following :-

Fast of Apostles Peter and Paul — June 7/20— June 28/July 11

June 29/July 12 — The Holy, Glorious and All-praised Leaders of the Apostles, Peter and Paul

You will note the 'Feast' follows the 'Fast' and the last day it could happen is the 12th of the 7th. (source (https://stjohndc.org/en/orthodoxy-foundation/orthodox-feasts-10/church-holidays-and-fasts-current-year))

A page on the predictions of Matushka Alipia (https://vk.com/wall-47639364_4035?lang=en)

A Russian video on YT (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xemJucvSx40&pp=ygUPTWF0dXNoa2EgQWxpcGlh) about Matushka Alipia allows you to auto-generate English subtitles. (Unfortunately you cannot really speed this one up as the auto-translate feature struggles to keep up).

[mountain_jim]

copied here as latest predictions from Clif from his linguistic datasets.


https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1697973699725651990?s=20

1697973699725651990

https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1697973701218861090?s=20

1697973701218861090

https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1697973702452027879?s=20

1697973702452027879

https://twitter.com/clif_high/status/1697973705039847855?s=20

1697973705039847855

[Dennis Leahy]

OK, here it goes, the Oracle speaks:


I predict that something big and nefarious will happen in the USA in September of 2023.*


I know, I know, I'm really going out on a limb here hahahaha, but it really feels like something huge is about to explode, and it won't be something pleasurable. My sense is that this will be man-made, not natural disaster. I suspect this feeling is not of my own internal origin but rather from the zeitgeist, and so I won't be patting myself on the back for being correct. I also have the sense that as ugly as it is, it has to happen - like a pimple popping - to tilt the perception of the people and alter the zeitgeist.


(September 12th, specifically? I've no idea why that notion popped into my head.)

[onawah]

Several sources that predict the future are mentioned including Clif High, Terence McKenna, & the Vedas, from Forbidden Knowledge's Alexandra Bruce's latest update in the video posted here (though it's covering more future time than just next year):
https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?71164-Clif-High-s-videos-tweets-and-articles-the-years-of-Woo&p=1575130&viewfull=1#post1575130

[Dennis Leahy]

OK, here it goes, the Oracle speaks:


I predict that something big and nefarious will happen in the USA in September of 2023.*


I know, I know, I'm really going out on a limb here hahahaha, but it really feels like something huge is about to explode, and it won't be something pleasurable. My sense is that this will be man-made, not natural disaster. I suspect this feeling is not of my own internal origin but rather from the zeitgeist, and so I won't be patting myself on the back for being correct. I also have the sense that as ugly as it is, it has to happen - like a pimple popping - to tilt the perception of the people and alter the zeitgeist.


(September 12th, specifically? I've no idea why that notion popped into my head.) I hope to be wrong.

[nzn]

9/23*. There's a lot of references with this number/date on the Simpsons and various movies/series. Let's see what happens... let the movie roll, it was written(maktub) all along...anyway.

[FireRat]

Hi Dennis Leahy, while the USA has been ok so far, you may have been sensing the twin calamities that occurred this month in Morocco and Libya, two natural disasters that have each killed thousands.

The timing is close too, with the Libyan flood disaster happening on 9/11, and Morocco's quake just 2 days prior.

[Dennis Leahy]

Hi Dennis Leahy, while the USA has been ok so far, you may have been sensing the twin calamities that occurred this month in Morocco and Libya, two natural disasters that have each killed thousands.

The timing is close too, with the Libyan flood disaster happening on 9/11, and Morocco's quake just 2 days prior.


The tension that I feel continues, in spite of those disasters. Maybe its self-generated fear neurosis, or maybe gas...

[onawah]

Magnetic Field Changes Will Amplify From Here (1/2)
Adapt 2030
180K subscribers
Premiered 9/17/23

"It has begun, the amplification from the beginning of September 2023 through 2025 with the four gas giants of our solar system interconnecting electromagnetically. What changes can we expect on Earth? This two part video series tries to explain that."

mY4PvvcpHVM